Als Mk With OO he Ce AV cee. Re Om i, ae 7 i PL , Ary 1 f pi ’ 4 vs) oe. , Mi : id i as ; At Ne ty : i 1 ner wi , wo (oe AY a ty Gh a . out ay ie ras Nii ie Aas a PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 54 September 1983 No. 1 FIFTIETH JUBILEE YEAR CONTENTS BEETLE, A. A., Noteworthy grasses from Mexico XI1......6.600 cece cee e eens 1 GANDHI, K. N., & THOMAS, R. D., A note on the androecium of the genus Croton and flowers in general of the family SNES HOPADN S55 Poker fal Ad tat Pyare Dae, Cea Bia AM SE wet eh ie horse X 6 TURNER, B. L., The Texas species of Paronychia (Caryophyllaceae)........... 9 TURNER, B. L., A new species of Russellia (Scrophulariaceae)..............+- 24 RUDD, V. E., Reduction of the genus Goniogyna to Crotalaria SeIMIROMORS S02 Phar dig Ait e 5 side, Kiko Bar pene ONIN oa be 26 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CCXVII. Three new species of Adenostemma.......... 29 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CCXVI. Various new species from the Andes PCE IESE on ak GRA ead aleceone UA RE eR mn e abit Ws ie 5 bor 36 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XXX. Petr HOW SOCCIES JTOIR PERIL) Soe a brn in kas eis Oe ee ae care ker 52 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). XVI. NU MAIREL CVO UACKIE: ti 2’ S aoe (Scie es Pee cleo RoR ied a ead Bhat oh aie 62 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CLXIX ............- 66 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. LXXXIX........... 82 ER AL 7 UORVFEVIEWS 05 nC add als ob as 3a 'ais ote owe MRS Bleue, Shel 0 82 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma. Mogi FY 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 WQVY114 1983 U.S.A. >rice of this number $3.00; for this volume $13.00 in advanddlér 44. 0b-dtet close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign afBiTeTs@NaiG AlbmGsAR D E ealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost 1 the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following _ iumber for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. NOTEWORTHY GRASSES FROM MEXICO XI. Alan A. Beetle, APDO Postal Hermosillo, Sonora, Mexico These are results from continuing studies sponsored by the Comision Tecnico Consultiva para la determinacion Regional de los coeficientes de Agostadero, fundada en 1966, under the Secretaria de Agricultura y recursos hidraulicos. For previous papers see Phytologia 27:1974; 28:1974; SG, 9951977; 38:1978; 47:1981; °49:33-43; and 52:11-17, 1981. Bouteloua barbata Lag. var. arenosa (Vasey) comb. nov. Bouteloua arenosa Vasey, U.S. Div. Bot. Bull. 12(1): Ere 94. 1890. Bouteloua hirsuta Lag. var. Cienc. 4:141. 1805. ‘6 vivipara form. nov. "Haec forma a forma typica speciei spiculae viviparae" Plants similar to Bouteloua hirsuta Lag. but the spikelets proliferating. Type: G. Galvan 481 collected Mexico, State of Tamaulipas, Ejido 5 de Mayo, mpio de Soto La Marina, Palmar de Sabal Mexicana a 140 msnm. Eragrostis secundiflora Presl var. capitata (Fourn.) comb. nov. Poa oxylepis Torr. in Marcy, Expl. Red River 301, eel os 1 Eragrostis oxylepis (Torr.)Torr. U.S. Expl. Miss. Pacific. Repe. 4-156. “0857: Eragrostis secundiflora Presl. ssp. oxylepis (Torr.) Rack Rhodora 80:397. 1978. Eragrostis verae-crucis Rupr. Bull. Acad. Brux. 52355. 1842, nomen; Fourn. Mex. Pl. 2:118. 1886, nomen. 2 12) jal we BE (O) 2b, (O4er ae yA Vol. 54, No. 1 Megastachya oxylepis var. capitata Fourn. Mex. Par. : epi A Megastachya oxylepis (Torz.)) Fourn. Mex. BileeZeietse BRC Sheaths and blades glabrous, except for a tuft of hairs flanking the base of the blade at the top of the sheath. E. secundiflora var. capitata Sheaths and both sides of the blades typically densely covered with long pustulate-based hairs. E. secundiflora var. secundiflora Eriochloa lemmoni Vasey & Scribn. Bot. Gaz. 9:185. Pl. 2. 1884. var. minor (Vasey) comb. nov. Eriochloa punctata (L.)Desv. ex Hamilton var. minor Vaseyamcontrips Usc., Nat. Herb. 3220) agoze Eriochloa gracilis var. minor (Vasey)Hitchc. Jour. Wash eAcad- ssceien2 37456. 1933). Helopus gracilis Hotirn Mex bl 2 oe eo oor Eriochloa lemmoni var. gracilis (Fourn.)Gould, lear PaiWestenBot. 6:51. 92950 Ichnanthus pallens (Sw.)Munro £. monstrosum (Fourn.) comb. nov. Panicum schlechtendalii Fourn. var. monstrosum Fourn. Mexc rl. 2:51. L886. Ixophorus Schlecht has usually been treated as a mono- typic genus but it appears that there are two species which may be keyed as follows: Slender annual with culm base 1-2 mm wide, not succulent; leaves less than 5 mm broad; raceme branches 2-5. Ixophorus palmeri Robus annual or short-lived perennial with culm base 5 mm or more wide, succulent; some leaves more than 1 cm wide; raceme branches 10 to many. 1983 Beetle, Noteworthy grasses 3 Ixophorus unisetus Ixophorus palmeri (Vasey) comb. nov. Panicum parmer* Vasey, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. Teepe. « 1 : Panicum pringlei Vasey, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 1: 363 i555. Panicum schiedeanum Trin.; Beal, Grasses N. Amer. : 1 Ixophorus pringlei (Vasey)Scribn. U.S. Dept. Agr. iv. Agrost. Bull. 4:6. Pl. i2. 1897. Ixophorus pringlei var. minor Scribn. U.S. Dept. Ker. Dive Agrost, Bull .4e7>;7L897, Ixophorus palmeri (Vasey) comb. nov. Panicum palmeri Vasey, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 1s261. 189s: Annual, culms slender epehemeral, 1-2 mm broad at base, sheaths glabrous; ligule membranaceous, ca. 1 mm long, some- what erose or finged, sometimes with a few long white hairs at the collar; blades glabrous, up to 10 cm long, less than 5 mm broad. Panicle composed of two to five racemose branches well exserted above the blades, each spikelet subtended by a single awn-like projection up to 8 mm long; first glume ca. 1 mm long, second glume and lemma of the lower staminate floret 3-4 mm long, concealing the lemma of the upper pistillate floret. Described from Jalisco (Tequila); native, endemic, apparently confined to the Jalisco-Colima area. Roeleria cristata (L.)Pers. var. elegantula (DomIN) comb. nov. Koeleria elegantula Domin, Bibl. Bot. 65:172. Pl. 14, Et ea LO? co This small-flowered type is a good geographical variety. Type collection, C. F. Baker 576 from Gunnison Colorado, seen in the U.S. Nat. Herb. The United States Forest Service herbarium now at Laramie, Wyoming has an excellent series of collections of this variety. 4 PPh yes 0) 1, ORG tr oA Vol. 54, No. 1 Leptochloa dubia (HBK)Nees, Syll. Pl. Ratisb. 1345 i8240 var. humboldtiana (Kuntze) comb. nov. Diplachne dubia (HBK)Scribn. var. humboldtiana Kuntze Rev. Gen. Pl. 3:349. 1898. Panicum decolorans HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1:100. 1815. var. parcum (Hitchc. & Chase) comb. nov. Panicum parcum Hitchc. & Chase, Contr. U.S. Nat. Her Demet orOO sma. oS, 2910 Piptochaetium leianthum (Hitchc.) comb. nov. Stipa Leiantha Hitche. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herp. 7256, PL: 51. fig. 8, 9. 1925, deseribedgirom Mexico: Puebla, near Esperanza; cf. Beetle M-3000, a topotype. Piptochaetium mexicanum (Hitchc.) comb. nov. Stipa mexicana Hitchc. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. SEG. Plow 52, fig. 5, 6. 1925, describedmeecn Mexico: State of Mexico, Sierra de las Cruces; cf. Beetle M-254, a topotype. Piptochaetium virescens (HBK)Parodi, Rev. Mus. La Plata, BOER SeLEMO seo" 230, £. 10. 194k. Stipa virescens HBK Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1:126. 1815. Piptochaetium virescens (HBK)Parodi var. arsenii (Hack. ) comb. nov. Stipa arsenii Hack. Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde 8:515. » described from Mexico: Michoacan, near Morelia. Setaria variifolium (Swallen) comb. nov. Panicum variifolium Swallen, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Buble sGponS estan. 1934. Described from Mexico: Yucatan, Chichen Itza. 1983 Beetle, Noteworthy grasses 5 Sporobolus airoides var. minor (Vasey) comb. nov. Sporobolus altissimus Vasey var. minor, Vasey, Calin. Wcad.isel. Prods, Wnee:213.° 1889. Trachypogon plumosus (H. & B. ex Willd.)Nees var. secundus nderss.) comb. nov. Trachypogon preslii var. secundus Anderss. Ofvers Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 14:50. 1857. Triplasis caribensis (Pohl) comb. nov. Triplasis purpurea (Walt.)Chapm. var. caribensis Ee Towa’ State: Jour.,.\Res:. 47: 76a0t9722 Now added to the Mexican grass flora. Collected by Andres Suarez, coastal dues, Cuauhtemotzin, Tabasco. A NOTE ON THE ANDROECIUM OF THE GENUS CROTON AND FLOWERS IN GENERAL OF THE FAMILY EUPHORBIACEAE K. N. Gandhi and R. Dale Thomas The Herbarium, Department of Biology, Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, La. 71209 The occurrence of haplostemony, diplostemony, and triplostemony represents a regular sequence in the Angio- sperm flower. The reverse of these arrangements (obhap- lostemony, obdiplostemony, and obtriplostemony) brings interruptions in the usual arrangement. Many hypotheses have been proposed in the past to explain these reversal arrangements. The most acceptable one has been the "reduction concept." According to this concept, in all flowers exhibiting obhaplostemony, obdiplostemony, or obtriplostemony, the present outer whorl represents what was once the second whorl of stamens. Thus all obhap- lostemony flowers were once diplostemony ones and so on (Eames 1961). This reduction concept derives support from the presence of some rudiments of staminal structures in a few flowers of this kind. People who resent the concept of reduction believe that the staminal arrangement in the Angiosperm flower is only a matter of spatial and mechanical possibilities and that it has nothing to do with the morphological modifications in the flower. A study of the flowers of Euphorbiaceae in general and of Croton L. in particular adds some insight into this problem. The flowers of Euphorbiaceae are usually unisexual, but bisexual flowers (said to be atavistic) have been reported in Cicca L. (Rao 1973). The flowers of Euphorbiaceae ‘are often apetalous or even achlamydeous (Euphorbia L., Anthostema Juss., and Synandenium Boiss.). Generally the number of staminate flowers, when compared to the number of pistillate ones, is numerous. This strongly suggests that anemophily was once prevalent in this family. Even today, Mercurialis L. is pollinated by the wind. Certain features suggest that this family 1s returning to the entomophily type of pollination. These include the aggregation of achlamydeous flowers in the form of cyathia bearing one to five extra floral nectaries on the involucre cup, the presence of brightly colored bracts or leaves subtending the flowers, and the presence of nectariferous glands in both male and female flowers. Although the grasses are wind pollinated and are most successful, they have intercalary growth and rhizomes both of which are absent from the euphorbs. Thus it would seem to be a selective advantage to the spurge family to return to entomophily. In most of its members, there has been a total loss of genes for the 6 1983 Gandhi & Thomas, Androecium of Croton 7 development of a conspicuous corolla and even those few taxa with corollas have small inconspicuous ones (Jatropa L., with its bright corolla, is an exception.). The absence of the corolla is balanced in various taxa with conspicuous sepals, bracts, or stamens. It is also noteworthy that the number and nature of stamens are very variable in the Euphorbiaceae (eg., 1 in Euphorbia L., 3 and synandrous in Phyllanthus L., 8 to 10 in 2 whorls but all monadelphus in Jatropa L., many and dendroid in Ricinus L., etc.). However, in contrast, the number of —— as aaa Ovaries is usually one with three fused carpels. Croton L. generally has dichlamydeous and hetero- chlamydeous male flowers and the corolla is inconspicuous. The stamens range in number from 4 to 16 or even more. There are four or five antesepalous nectariferous glands or scales between the corolla and the androecium. The female flowers are generally apetalous and have the staminal scales or glands but no well developed staminodes. The authors made a study of the staminal arrangement in six species of Croton. Croton monantho us Michx. has six stamens per flower. Each flower has one stamen in the center and the five remaining ones are in an antepetalous whorl (obhaplostemony). C. argyranthemus Michx., C. capitatus Michx., anguGr glandulosus L. have eleven stamens per flower. Each flower has one stamen in the center and the remaining ten occur in two whorls of five each. The outer whorl is antesepalous (obdiplo- stemony). C. bonplandianus Baill. and C. punctatus Jacq. have sixteen stamens per flower. Each flower has one stamen in the center and the remaining fifteen stamens occur in three whorls of five each. The outer whorl is antesepalous (obtriplostemony) . In all the above taxa the staminal primordia can proliferate and lead to one or two more stamens per flower or the primordia can fail to develop and lead to one to four fewer stamens per flower. When there is an increase in stamen number, there are two stamens in the center rather than one. Often, all the stamens are attached to a rudimentary stalk in the center of the flower. The central stamen(s) may be functional or sterile. Obviously, the meristem that is generally consumed in the formation of a sterile or fertile gynoecium in other unisexual or bisexual flowers termi- nates here in a fertile or sterile stamen. This sort of development, coupled with the absence of staminodes in female flowers (scales or nectaries excluded), indicates the strong unisexuality attained by Croton L., and perhaps by the whole family. The occurrence Opaatl three types of unusual staminal arrangements in a single 8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 54, No. 1 genus is extraordinary. (Its pollen is also character- istic and is called Croton type: spherical, bearing minute projections, and without any aperature) (Punt 1962). Perhaps this situation is comparable to the one existing in Mitella L. (Saxifragaceae) in which three different staminal arrangements occur: haplostemony (M. breweri L.), obhaplostemony (M. pentandra Hook.), and diplostemony (M. nuda L.) (Cronquist {4 Bhs reversal staminal arrangement is also seen in Manihot Mill. and Tragia L., and it is quite possible that other axa Ln) Euphorbiaceae also exhibit this arrangement; if so, it would strengthen the concept of associating the Euphorbiaceae with the Geraniales. We conclude that the occurrence of the unusual staminal arrangement in the Angiosperm flower is well explained by the "reduction concept.'' This conclusion is based on the presence of antesepalous nectaries or scales (all staminal in origin) found between the corolla and the androecium. We are thankful to Miss VY. Shobba, Mr. C. M. Ranjith Singh and Mr. Jayaram of The National College, Bangalore-4, India for providing the flowering material of Croton bonplandianus Baill. and for the discussion on its obtriplostemonous nature. Literature Cited Cronquist, A. J. 1968. The evolution and classification Be pias plants. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 3 pp. Eames, A. J. 1961. Morphology of the Angiosperms. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 518 pp. Punt, W. 1962. Pollen morphology of the Euphorbiaceae with special reference to taxonomy. Wentia 7:47-53. Rao, C. K. 1973. Hermaphrodite flowers in Euphorbiaceae: Ciecavtacida (Ls) Merri (Cure .9SeiPe4ZCaye 295s THE TEXAS SPECIES OF PARONYCHIA (CARYOPHYLLACEAE ) B. L. Turner Dept. of Botany, The University of Texas, Austin, TX 78712 Attempts to ascertain the biological and/or nomenclatural status of putative endangered taxa of Paronychia for the state of Texas occasioned the present paper. In particular, I wanted to know if the several species described by the late D. S. Correll] subsequent to the monograph of Paronychia by Chaudhri (1968) were valid taxa. The names concerned are P. maccartii, P. congesta and P. nudata. In my efforts to ascertain their status I was inevitably led to an overall study of the genus in Texas and adjacent regions, especially Mexico. This was accomplished by drawing heavily upon the treatment of Chaudhri (1968) and upon that of Correll (1970) for the Flora of Texas. In addition, I studied all of the Texas and Mexico collections of Paronychia from the four largest herbaria in the state of Texas, namely LL, SMU, TAES and TEX. Altogether over 800 sheets from Texas and Mexico were examined, as follows: LL, C. L. Lundell Herbarium, Austin 250 SMU, Southern Methodist University, Dallas 153 TAES, Texas A & M University, College Station 95 TEX, University of Texas, Austin 310 All of the material was duly annotated and Figures 1 and 2, showing the distribution of the species in Texas have been prepared from these. Where collections are relatively few in herbaria these are represented in the figures by appropriate site- symbols; where collections are numerous over a broad area, these are shown by general shading or lining. In the presentation here I saw no reason to duplicate again the careful descriptions rendered by Chaudhri and Correll. At most any “emended" description would merely call attention to a relatively minor, usually highly variable, character which this or that key empasized to vouchsafe a given species. I have therefore confined my observations to the major questions: How many species of Paronychia are there in Texas? How can they be recognized? And what are their distributional relationships? In my pursuit of the answers I have examined types of all of the critical taxa, visited their type localities several times and observed numerous populations elsewhere. Because of this I feel confident that the treatment rendered here is biologically sound. 9 10 POY LOFT ONG vA Vol. 54, No. 1 The last comprehensive treatment of Paronychia for Texas was that of Correll (1970) who recognized 15 species for the state. In this he more or less accepted the same species as Chaudhri (1968) but added, as already noted, an additional three species: P. congesta, P. maccartii and P. nudata. I have reduced the Tatter name to Synonymy under the relatively widespread P. monticola but have had to accept, albeit reluctantly, the specific status of the former two. Paronychia maccartii is known only from the type collection. It is quite distinct, superficially resembling the more western P. wilkinsonii, but readily distinguished by a number of Characters. Paronychia congesta, is also known only by collections from the type locality. It is superficially similar to the widespread, variable, P. jamesii, but is isolated from the range of that species and possesses several quite distinct characters. In spite of numerous attempts to locate again populations of P. maccartii, I have not succeeded in this endeavor. I was able to relocate a few living plants of P. congesta, but only with much effort. I am confident that P. maccartii still lives on somewhere in the vicinity of its type locality and urge future workers, interested amateurs even, to locate living plants of the species so that the plant might legitimately be listed as an "endangered" taxon. Without recently sighted populations (i.e., an authoritative recent account of its existence in nature) the U. S. Wildlife Service will not submit such plants for listing. At least such is the case for another south-Texas endemic, Manihot walkerae Croizat. In spite of the potential of the latter species for the genetic improvement of the important crop plant, M. esculenta (cassava), this agency would not list the plant as "endangered" since the present author could not locate natural populations of the species in his preparation of a report for that agency. The species was last collected in 1947 in La Jolla, Texas; while rare at the time it surely exists somewhere in that area today, and were sufficient efforts made to locate the plant the species might still be placed on the "endangered" list. But such are the foibles of government agencies. Incidental to my excursion into the status of Correll's several names, I found it necessary to sink yet two other names recognized by Correll (P. chorizanthoides and P. parksii) and add a new species to the genus, P. lundellorum, described herein. Overall then, I recognize 13 species for the state. Their distribution is shown in Figures 1 and 2. The taxa are keyed below and additional comments upon the treatment rendered are given in the specific discussions that follow. I am grateful to the Directors concerned for the loan of 1981 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 11 herbarium materials, to Dr. M. C. Johnston for the Latin diagnosis and to Gayle Turner for the sketches provided. However inadequate, the U. S. Department of the Interior, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Albuquerque, New Mexico, supported, in part, field work for the present study. Key to Texas species of Paronychia 1. Annual species, stems arising from a single, usually unbranched taproot. 2. Leaves variously elliptical to oblanceolate, 2-5 mm wide. 3. Calyx glabrous or nearly so, 0.8-1.2 mm long; sepals unmargined with an ill defined mucro 0.1 mm long or less..... 1. P. fastigiata 3. Calyx variously pubescent, especially below, 1.5-2.5 mm long; sepals with prominent white scarious margins. 4. Stems prostrate; calyx with at least a few decidedly enlarged, Unc inateshainser tn.adas + 2. P. jonesii 4. Stems erect; calyx rather uniformly pubescent with uncTnate Ha iPS ..52.05 22.06 3. P. drummondi 2. Leaves narrowly linear, 1 mm wide or less 5. Sepals with definite and distinctive white scarious margins; stems very hispid throughout; plants of sandy soils in eastern southcentral TONGS oe clean as ON Cdk dinlatwtgeiee 4. P. setacea 5. Sepals not as above; stems mostly minutely hispid to nearly glabrous; plants of 12 PARCVETO Ly OnG7t A Vol. 54, No. 1 various soils on the Edwards Plateau in central TOXAS Ss 5 saisice siete Astiopis aaa oe 5. P. lindheimeri 1. Perennial species, stems usually arising from a branched, thickened, caudex or persistent root-stock. 6. Flowers sessile at the tips of Lycopodium like stems; stems short with uniformly shortened internodes, each leaf overlapping at least 2 or more nodes. 7. Apex of sepals merely mucronate or short awned, not at all snowy white; mar- gin of the sepals not noticeably scarious; panhandle: TexaS.....2...22. sie 6. P. sessiliflora 7. Apex of sepals terminated by a snowy white appendage; margins of sepals scarious and snowy white 8. Leaves shorter than the stipules; sepals without an inner tuft of white hairs below the hood; awns of calyx 1.5-2.0 mm long; plants of trans-Pecos IS CORRES onococ Soen oaeese 7. P. wilkinsonii 8. Leaves longer than the stipules; sepals with an inner tuft of white hairs below the hood; awns of calyx 0.9-1.2 mm long; plants of southern Texas..8. P. maccartii 6. Flowers not as above, clearly borne in terminal, open or somwhat congested numerous flowered, corymbose panicles. 9. Sepals triangular lanceolate, prominently 3 ribbed, 3.0-5.0 mm long; plants mostly 30-50 cm (el oder oS aad eos coescics 9. Pp. virginica 9. Sepals not as above; plants mostly 5-20 cm tall 10. Calyx evenly hispid 1983 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 13 pubescent throughout; sepals gradually tapering into a straight awn...... 10. P. congesta 10. Calyx glabrous or unevenly pubescent, the united portions more prominently strigose; sepals usually abruptly terminated by a divergent awn. 11. Sepals, excluding the awn, less than 2 mm long with a clearly defined scarious yellow margin; plants of sandy soils in southern Texas...... 11. P. lundellorum 11. Sepals, excluding the awn, 2-3 mm long, without a clearly defined scarious yellow margin; plants of various soils in western Texas. 12. Foliage glabrous or nearly so; sepals glabrous; plants with usually a single unbranched tap root....... 12. P. monticola 12. Foliage variously hispid or hispidulous; sepals pubescent; plants with usually a well developed branched caudex.13. P. jamesii 1. PARONYCHIA FASTIGIATA Fern. (1936) This is a widespread delicate annual of the eastern United States. It is represented in Texas by relatively few collections (Fig. 1) from the northeastern most regions of the state where it occurs in sandy soils. 2. PARONYCHIA JONESII M. C. Johnst. (1963) This species is recognized by both Chaudhri (1968) and Correll (1970). It is a weakly differentiated taxon very closely Vol. 54, No. 1 PHYTO) LHOUGiis A 14 10) P. drummondii FE] P. setacea @ P. lindheimeri fastigiata cas Let jonesii species of Paronychia Distribution of annual in Texas. Fidi lt: 1983 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 15 related to P. drummondii but readily distinguished by its prostrate stems and somewhat enlarged strigose calyx hairs. In the dune sands just north of Corpus Christi, erect-stemmed populations referrable to P. drummondii occur but it is likely that these are relic progenitor populations that gave rise to P. jonesii there being otherwise no clear distinctions between the two taxa in this area. 3. PARONYCHIA DRUMMONDII T. & G. (1838) Paronychia drummondii subsp. parviflora Chaudhri (1968) Chaudhri recognized two weakly nek ead aeaecs subspecies (subsp. drummondii and subsp. parviflora) within this taxon and these are "keyed" by Correll (1970, quoting Chaudhri, 1968). In my Opinion the "subspecies" are not deserving of nomenclatural rank, there being a wide range of intermediates over a broad area between the putative taxa. In general, less pubescent plants with smaller flowers occur in the northeastern regions of the state (northwest of about Austin, Texas) while somewhat more pubescent plants with larger flowers occur in central and south central Texas. This might suggest varietal status for the populations concerned but such regional recognition would distort Chaudhri's concept of the subsp. parviflora (which was represented, as inferred from his description and specimen- citations, by relatively few atypical collections from northeastern Texas). Considering this fact, and the large number of intermediates to be found between such forms in northeastern Texas, it seems meaningless to recognize the extremes. 4. PARONYCHIA SETACEA T. & G. (1938) The type material of this relatively delicate annual was collected by Drummond in sandy soils of east-central Texas. It is most easily distinguished from P. lindheimeri (with which it has been confused, at least in part, by nearly all previous workers) by its very pubescent foliage and scarious-margined sepals. 5. PARONYCHIA LINDHEIMERI Engelm. ex Gray (1850) Paronychia chorizanthoides Small (1897) This taxon is largely restricted to central Texas on the Edwards Plateau or within the Central Mineral Region where it occurs in either calcareous or sandy soils and mixtures thereof. In my opinion it includes as a synonym P. chorizanthoides, although Core (1943), Chaudhri (1968) and Correll (1970) maintained the species. The type of Small's name is from Burnet County and is said to be distingushed from the sympatric P. lindheimeri by “having longer sepal awns and a somewhat longer style (Chaudhri, 1968; p. 180). These are highly variable Characters at best and such plants represent but segregate forms Vol. 54, No. 1 Pe WY D210) LONG vA 16 ant P. jamesii = P monticola g 8 SS BE = = = (oe) fot XN) N\ x @ P. sessiliflora CP. congesta M P. maccartii Distribution of perennial species of Paronychia Pag. le Texas. in 1983 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 17 of P. lindheimeri. 6. PARONYCHIA SESSILIFLORA Nutt. (1818) This species is readily recognized and is apparently fairly common in the rocky breaks of the Panhandle region of Texas (Fig. 2) 7. PARONYCHIA WILKINSONII S. Wats. (1886) Core (1943) only knew the species from two sites in northern Mexico. Several additional collections are now known from this region, plus two sites in Texas, both in Brewster County (Glass Mountains and near Pena Colorado, just south of Marathon) where it occurs as a crevice plant on a specific geological outcrop of Devonian age known as Caballos Novaculite. 8. PARONYCHIA MACCARTII Correll (1963) Fig. 3 The species is known only by the type material which was reportedly collected in tight red sandy soil along Farm Road 649, 8.3 miles south of Mirando City in eastern Webb County. The collections were made by Mr. William McCart and students from Laredo Junior College in March of 1962. I have made numerous visits to this area over a several year period in hopes of locating the plant but these have proven unsuccessful. The plant is strikingly different from other species of Paronychia in the region, much resembling P. wilkinsonii of trans-Pecos Texas but clearly different from the latter. Botanists, and wild flower enthusiasts generally are urged to look for extant populations and report such findings to the present author or else call this to the attention of appropriate authorities so that some efforts might be taken to protect such living individuals. 9. PARONYCHIA VIRGINICA Spreng. (1825) Paronychia scoparia Small (1897) Paronychia parksii Cory (1944) Paronychia virginica var. scoparia (Small) Cory (1944) Paronychia virginica var. parksii (Cory) Chaudhri (1968) Chaudhri (1968) did not recognize the var. scoparia, thinking it synonymous with his var. virginica. He did recognize P. parksii, but only as a variety of Pani qanilioa I tend to agree with Correll (1970) who notes that P. parksii “appears to be little more than a habit variation of P. virginica var. scoparia". This is also implied in Chaudhri‘'s comment (p. 140) that spreading versus erect habits can be environmentally induced when plants are grown from seed. Since P. virginica shows a 18 PRHeeel OP LOaGar. A Vol. 54, No. 1 continuous distribution on limestone soils from northcentral to central Texas I see no compelling reasons to assign nomenclatural status to the somewhat larger but variable plants from the latter area. 10. PARONYCHIA CONGESTA Correll (1966) Fig. 4 This species is known from only two collections from approximately the same site, one by its original collectors (Correll & Wasshausen, about one mile south of Thompsonville, on rocky slopes of breaks) and one by the present author who, after several hours' search, observed only four plants at a site 0.8 miles south of the old site of Thompsonville. The latter inhabitation is now totally replaced by a single small Exxon pump station. Paronychia congesta is seemingly most closely related to the more western perennial, P. jamesii, but has a more congested inflorescence with gradually tapered sepals and non-divergent awns. In my opinion it is a "good" taxon deserving of specific rank. Attempts should be made to locate additional individuals of this rare and endangered taxon so that appropriate action might be made to conserve such populations. 11. PARONYCHIA LUNDELLORUM B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Paronychia setacea accedens sed plantis robustis perennibus pedicellis florum longioribus. Perennial low herb 6-24 cm tall. Leaves linear, 1-3 cm. long, 0.5-0.7 mm. wide, rigid, erect-spreading, minutely and evenly pubescent, the apices with a short mucro. Stipules ca. 1/2 as long as the leaves. Calyx urn-shaped, ca. 2.5 mm long, decidedly pedicellate, the pedicels 0.5-1.0 mm long, especially in vernal forms; lobes of the sepals ca. 2 mm long, abrubtly terminated by a pronounced mucro, 0.75-1.00 mm long, that diverges at a nearly right angle to their axis, the fused portion of the calyx body expanded and prominently white strigose, the lobes glabrous or nearly so, each of the sepals possessing a well-defined, hyaline margin. HYPE:S TEXAS: Brooks Coss cin Spartina flats, “Somiiscon Falfurrias, in low pasture, on sandy soil, 21 Apr 1949, C.L. Lundell 14911 (holotype, LL). Additional specimens examined: TEXAS. KENEDY CO.: King Ranch, Norias Division, San Jose Pasture, open sandy plain, 25 Sep 1958, Lundell & Correll 15216 (LL); Norias, hiway right of way, dune sand, 4 Dec 1948, Tharp et al. 48-19 (TEX). Kleberg 1983 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 19 Imm Fig. 3. Paronychia maccartii: A. habit; B. stem, showing leaves and stipules; C. flower. (from isotype, LL). 20 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 54, No. 1 Co.: 6.5 mi WNW of Riviera, sandy mesquite prairie, King Ranch, Santa Gertrudis Division, 6 Jul 1954, Johnston 541140 (TEX). Paronychia lundellorum is most closely related to P. setacea but can be distinguished by its larger, more pedicillate flowers and perennial habit. It is largely confined to Southern Texas where it occurs in low, sandy, somewhat saline soils dominated by Spartina grasses. The species is superficially similar to the perennial P. congesta, which is known only from western Jim Hogg County where it occurs in calcareous soils. The latter is readily distinguished by its short, gradually acute, non-ref lexed calyx awns and its emarginate (non scarious) sepals. Previous workers, who looked critically at the type material, and published on the group have annotated these as P. setacea ("unusual form!", Hartman 1976, LL), as P. jamesii var. jamesii (Chaudhri, 1968, TEX) or as P. lindheimeri var. lindheimeri (Chaudhri, 1968; TEX). None of these taxa occurs in the region concerned and most of the confusion seems to stem from the few collections available to these two workers and to the fact that P. lundellorum occurs in a vernal form (relatively open, annual like plants) and an autumnal form (congested, perennials with shorter nodes). This is readily seen in Lundel] & Correll 15216 (LL) where both forms are mounted upon the same Sheet. The species is named for Amelia A. and Cyris L. Lundell who together have collected extensively in southern Texas, adding considerably to our knowledge of the flora of this region. 12. PARONYCHIA MONTICOLA Cory (1944) Paronychia nudata Correll (1966) In my opinion Paronychia nudata belongs to a group of individuals heretofore designated as P. monticola. The holotype collected by Correll and Wasshausen in Crockett County is essentially like P. monticola; indeed, a paratype and the only other collection of P. nudata cited by Correll (Muller 3097 from Coahuila, Mexico) is cited by Chaudhri (1968) as belonging to P. monticola. Correll (1970) in his key to species, distinguished P. monticola from P. nudata by the supposedly annual habit of the former and perennial habit of the latter. But, as noted by Chaudhri (1968), P. monticola appears to be a "biennial or, mostly, perennial herb", an observation with which I concur. Correll, in his original description, noted P. nudata to be superficially similar to the perennial P. jamesii but, strangely, did not reckon P. monticola as particularly close, presumably because he thought the latter to be annual, and that the Crockett 1983 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 21 os . SS a Sn a, = — = 2 : - - PILES, FF Ss. =A 7 3 3 t, ) | J San ay it ara y) 4 ‘ yh \y" 4 } A. \ } / if dal * \ ‘ 1, F \ ) \ TA \ bi | f. D c Nyy oa YN ~\ \| KA es we yy) \ % . X ( Wek B. Fig. 4. Paronthia congesta: A. habit; B. node, showing stipules, base of leaves, and pedicel; C. flower; D. sepal with attached stamen. (from holotype, LL). 22 PUTO (i OrGak pA Vol. 54, No. 1 Santa Gertrudis Division, 6 Jul 1954, Johnston 541140 (TEX). Paronychia lundellorum is most closely related to P. setacea but can be distinguished by its larger, more pedicillate flowers and perennial habit. It is largely confined to Southern Texas where it occurs in low, sandy, somewhat saline soils dominated by Spartina grasses. The species is superficially similar to the perennial P. congesta, which is known only from western Jim Hogg County where it occurs in calcareous soils. The latter is readily distinguished by its short, gradually acute, non-reflexed calyx awns and its emarginate (non scarious) sepals. Previous workers, who looked critically at the type material, and published on the group have annotated these as Lee setacea ("unusual form!", Hartman 1976, LL), as P. jamesii var. jamesii (Chaudhri, 1968, TEX) or as P. lindheimeri var. lindheimeri (Chaudhri, 1968; TEX). None of these taxa occurs in the region concerned and most of the confusion seems to stem from the few collections available to these two workers and to the fact that P. lundellorum occurs in a vernal form (relatively open, annual like plants) and an autumnal form (congested, perennials with shorter nodes). This is readily seen in Lundell & Correll 15216 (LL) where both forms are mounted upon the same sheet. The species is named for Amelia A. and Cyris L. Lundell who together have collected extensively in southern Texas, adding considerably to our knowledge of the flora of this region. 12. PARONYCHIA MONTICOLA Cory (1944) Paronychia nudata Correll (1966) In my opinion Paronychia nudata belongs to a group of individuals heretofore designated as P. monticola. The holotype collected by Correll and Wasshausen in Crockett County is essentially like P. monticola; indeed, a paratype and the only other collection of P. nudata cited by Correll (Muller 3097 from Coahuila, Mexico) is cited by Chaudhri (1968) as belonging to P. monticola. Correll (1970) in his key to species, distinguished P. monticola from P. nudata by the supposedly annual habit of the former and perennial habit of the latter. But, as noted by Chaudhri (1968), P. monticola appears to be a "biennial or, mostly, perennial herb", an observation with which I concur. Correll, in his original description, noted P. nudata to be superficially similar to the perennial P. jamesii but, strangely, did not reckon P. monticola as particularly close, presumably because he thought the latter to be annual, and that the Crockett county locality was too removed from the Davis Mountains (type 1983 Turner, Texas species of Paronychia 23 county locality was too removed from the Davis Mountains (type area of P. monticola) to warrant such consideration. The biological status of Paronychia monticola is moot. It is apparently sympatric with P. jamesii in trans-Pecos Texas and, except for its glabrousity and relatively simple caudex, strongly resembles the highly variable P. jamesii. It is possible that glabrous forms with relatively simple caudices have been singled out for recognition in this instance. But again two distinct species may be involved, with evidence of occasional hybridization, to judge from the variation found in these putative taxa in trans-Pecos Texas. Future field workers should attempt to resolve this problem. 13. PARONYCHIA JAMESII T. & G. (1838) P. jamesii var. praelongifolia (1966) P. jamesii var. parviflora Chaudhri (1968) P. jamesii var. hirsuta Chaudhri (1968) Paronychia jamesii is by far the most common, widespread, variable species in Texas being represented in the major herbaria by several hundred collections from most counties west of a line from south central Oklahoma to Del Rio (Val Verde Co.) Texas. Core (1943) did not recognize intraspecific taxa in the group but Chaudhri (1968) recognized four varieties: 1) var. jamesii (represented by an overwhelming list of citations); 2) var. hirsuta, exceptionally pubescent forms from Pecos County, Texas; 3) var. parviflora, a small flowered form from the Glass Mountains in Brewster County and; 4) var. praelongifolia, occasional forms with elongated floral bracts, the type being from Guadalupe Mountains, Culberson County, but such forms occur sporadically from Kansas, Colorado, Oklahoma to central Texas. In my opinion these several taxa are but names applied to segregating forms and have no meaningful application in the biological sense. That is, they do not apply to differentiated regional populations. Literature Cited Chaudhri, M. N. 1968. A revision of the Paronychiinae. Revis. Paronychiinae. 440 p. Core, E. L. 1943. The North American species of Paronychia. Amer. Mid]. Natur. 26:369-397. Correll, D. S. 1970. Paronychia. In Manual of the Vascular Plants of Texas. Contr. Tex. Res. Found. 6:625-629. A NEW SPECIES OF RUSSELLIA (SCROPHULARIACEAE ) B. L. Turner Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin, TX 78712 It has been some 25 years since the appearance of Margery Carlson's 1957 monographic treatment of Russellia. This was based upon collections up to about 1955. Since that time numerous new collections from Mexico have inevitably led to the detection of novel taxa, the species described below, from Sinaloa, being one of the more obvious; no doubt study of the Russellia collections assembled at yet other institutions will yield further undescribed taxa. I am grateful to M. C. Johnston for the Latin diagnosis and to Prof. Worthington for freely making available his fine collections from the area of Durango, Mexico. Russellia worthingtonii B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Russellia elongata accedens sed corollis parvioribus, inflorescentiis plurifloris foliis amplioribus. Plants suffruticose up to 1.5 m tall; stems terete, Equisetum-like, 4 to numerous ribs, glabrous. Leaves glabrous, not resinous-lepidote, verticillate on primary shoots, opposite or ternate on the secondary shoots; verticillate leaves lanceolate, much reduced and soon caducous; secondary leaves obliquely ovate to somewhat falcate, 3-6 cm long, 1.5-2.0 cm wide; petioles 0.5-2.0 mm long. Inflorescence an elongate, interrupted "spike" the flowers 15-30 at each node, borne in secund glomerules which arise from a 3-branched system. Peduncles 6-7 mm long, glabrous. Pedicels mostly 2-3 mm long, glabrous. Calyx lobes ca 3 mm long, long-acuminate, glabrous. Corolla glabrous without, "cherry" when fresh; crimson when dried, 9-10 mm long, narrowly tubular, emarginate, the lobes 1.0- 1.5 mm long. Capsule ovoid, glabrous, ca. 3 mm across. TYPE. MEXICO. Sinaloa: 4.9 road mi SW of Santa Lucia (ca. 23 24'N x 105 55'W), ca 3500 ft., open oak forest, 7 Jan 1983, Worthington et al. 9367 (holotype TEX; isotype UMEX). Russellia worthingtonii, what with its numerous, cherry- colored, flowers borne in secund glomerules, is a strikingly beautiful species, even upon a herbarium sheet. The lower, hollow, stems have the texture and appearance of an Equisetum, being somewhat glaucous and constricted at the nodes. It is clearly related to Russellia elongata Carlson, a species known 24 1983 Turner, A new species of Russellia 25 only from the type (Sonora: Sapopa Canyon, Rio Maya, Gentry 1287, F), but that species has larger corollas (13-15 mm long) and fewer-flowered inflorescences (3-12 flowers to a glomerule). It is a pleasure to name the species for one of its only known collectors, Prof. W. D. Worthington of the Biology Dept., University of Texas, El Paso, whose carefully documented, superb collections from the region concerned are a delight to work with. Literature Cited Carlson, M. C. 1957. Monograph of the genus Russellia. Fieldiana Bot. 29: 231-292. REDUCTION OF THE GENUS GONIOGYNA TO CROTALARIA ( LEGUMINOSAE) Velva E,. Rudd California State University, Northridge, Ca. 91330 A species of legume occurring in Sri Lanka, India, and West Pakistan, formerly known as Heylandia latebrosa (L.) DC. and, more recently, as Goniogyna hirta (Willd.) Ali, is now accepted as ref- erable to Crotalaria. Polhill (Kew Bull. 22: 171, 301, 302. 1968) noted that there is no good reason for separating the genus Gonio- gyna DC. (= Heylandia DC.) from Crotalaria, and placed it in sec- tion Calycinae Wight & Arn. As a Crotalaria, a new specific name is required, here proposed as Crotalaria hebecarpa (DC.) Rudd, comb. nov. The original publication of Goniogyna DC. (Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris 4: 91. Jan 1825) included three species: G, hebecarpa, G. leiocarpa, and G. latebrosa. Later (Prodr. 2: 123. Nov 1825; Mém. Leg. 198. Feb 1826), to honor his illustrator, J. C. Heyland, de Candolle published the genus Heylandia, based on the same three species, with no mention of the earlier generic name. Plate 34 in the Mémoires, reproduced in this paper, is an illustration by Hey- land, to whom the genus was dedicated. In his discussion of Heylandia in the Mémoires (pp. 198-201) de Candolle mentioned its similarity to Crotalaria except that its pods are compressed rather than inflated as in Crotalaria. Bentham concurred, stating "It is closely allied to Crotalaria in which Roxburgh had included it, but is easily known by its constantly axillary inflorescence, and small lenticular pod" (Hook. London Journ. Bot. 2: 471. 1843). In floral and vegetative characters there is apparent close relationship with such species as Crotal- aria angulata Mill. (=C. biflora (L.) L.), C. evolwuloides Wight ex Wight & Arn., and C. prostrata Roxb. As mentioned by Bentham, Roxburgh (Fl. Ind. 3: 271. 1832) recognized this taxon as a Crotalaria, C. uniflora Koenig ex Rox- burgh, but cited in synonymy Hallia hirta Willd., the basis of Gonio leiocarpa DC., Heylandia leiocarpa DC, and Goniogyna hirta (willa.) Ali. No other specimen was cited. Wight and Arnott (Prodr. 180. 1834) maintained Heylandia as a separate genus but combined de Candolle's three species, as H. latebrosa DC., believing them to be states of the same plant, with the pods varying "from glabrous to very hairy on the same specimen". They included in the synonymy, Crotalaria uniflora Koenig ex Roxburgh. 26 1983 Rudd, Reduction of Goniogyna te) yf / “~ Fp. QA 1 = b nm Z 27 Fig. 1. Copy of plate 34, Heylandia hebecarpa. A. P. de Candolle, Mémoires sur la Famille de Légumineuses. 28 Bere O} LONG pig7a\ Vol. 54, No. 1 Following is the rather lengthy synonymy of this one little species, which will be included, in greater detail, in the treat- ment of Crotalaria for the Smithsonian Project, A Revised Handbook of the Flora of Ceylon. CROTALARIA HEBECARPA (DC.) Rudd, comb. nov. Hallia hirta Willd., Sp. Pl. 3: 1169. 1802. Type: [Koenig de India, Tranquebar. Holotype B-Willd. (microfiche 13750), non Crotalaria hirta Willd. 1803, nec Lag. 1816, nec Roth 1821. Goniogyna hebecarpa DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris 4: 92. Jan 1825. Type: Leschenault, Ceylon, in 182%. Holotype G-DC; isotype P. Goniogyna leiocarpa DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris 4: 92. Jan 1825, based on Hallia hirta Willd., non Crotalaria leiocarpa Vog. 1843. Heylandia hebecarpa DC., Prodr. 2: 123. Nov 1825; Mém. Leg. 200. Feb 1826; tab. 34. Jan 1827, based on the same collection as Goniogyna hebecarpa DC., without reference to the earlier name. Heylandia leiocarpa DC. Prodr. 2: 123. Nov 1825; Mém. Leg. 200. Feb 1826, based on Hallia hirta Willd., non Crotalaria leiocarpa Vog. 1843. Crotalaria uniflora Koenig ex Roxb, Fl. Ind. 3: 271. 1832, based on Hallia hirta Willd. given as synonym but, possibly, intended as a new name for the same Koenig collection, non Baker in Oliver, 1871. Goniogyna hirta (Willd.) Ali, Taxon 16: 463. 1967, based on Hallia hirta Willd. The third species of Gonio, , G. latebrosa (L.) DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris 4: 92. Jan 1825 @ Heylandia latebrosa (L.) M., Prodr. 2: Nov 1825; Mém. Leg. 201. Feb 1826), based on Hedysarum latebrosum L., Mant 2: 270. 1771, was actually described from a galled shoot of a rhamnaceous shrub, Sageretia theezans (L.) Brongn. (Polhill 1. c. p. 301; in litt. 1969), therefore is not included in the above list of synonymy. The specimen in the Linnaean herbar- ium, LINN 921.15, presumably is the holotype. It bears the name of Hedysarum latebrosum in Linnaeus' handwriting but no collector's name or locality is given. I wish to thank Dr. Roger Polhill who kindly advised me as to the status of various epithets related to this taxon. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CCXVII. THREE NEW SPECIES OF ADENOSTEMMA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560. Most problems in the delimitation of the American species of Adenostemma were resolved in the study by King and Robinson (1974), and no additions to the genus have been noted from the area during the nearly ten years since that study. It is rather unexpected, therefore, that a limited attempt to identify a single new specimen from Brasil would result in the recognition of the following three new American species. ADENOSTEMMA FLINTII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae ca. 0.5 m altae? vegetative non vel pauce ramosae. Caules sordido-virides subteretes in sicco sulcati glabri vel subglabri. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-3 cm longis angustis indistincte vel distaliter vix alatis; laminae late ovatae plerumque 4-5 cm longae et 3.5-4.5 cm latae base sub- truncatae in medio breviter acuminatae margine lateraliter argute multo serratae apice breviter argute acutae fere ad basem valde trinervatae supra et subtus plerumque glabrae vel subglabrae subtus in nervis sparse vel subdense puberulae. Inflorescentiae in axibus primariis opposito-ramosae in ramis cymoso-ramosae, bracteis primariis minute foliiformibus serrulatis caeteris minutis, ramis ultimis 0.7-1.6 cm longis sensim dense minute puberulis. Capitula late campanulata ca. 5 mm alta et 6 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 23 subequales biseriatae herbaceae oblongae ad 3.5 mm longae in partibus libris ca. 1.5-2.0 mm longae et 0.7- 1.0 mm latae sparse minute puberulae; corollae albae? ca. 2 mm longae, tubis angustis ca. 0.5 mm longis extus sparse minute stipitato-glanduliferis; faucibus ca. 0.8 mm longis inferne sub- cylindricis superne late infundibularibus extus dense pilosulis, lobis late triangularibus ca. 0.2 mm longis et 0.3 mm latis extus inferne dense puberulis; filamenta in partibus superior- ibus subcylindrica ca. 0.2 mm longa; thecae ca. 0.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.1 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae; scapi stylorum glabri; appendices stylorum angustaead 0.2 mm latae. Achaenia 2.5 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona multo tuber- culato-glandulifera; clavulae pappi 3 ca. 0.8 mm longe angustae glanduliferae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 20-23 pm. TYPE: NICARAGUA: 1868. C. Flint 6 (Holotype: US). The only species previously known from Central America is the distinctive A. hirttflorum Benth. with its five rather than three knobs on the pappus. The new species differs from the 29 30 PHYTOLOC TA Vol. 54, No. 1 latter and from all other American species of the genus by the lack of hairs on the shaft of the style. The numerous sharp serrations of the leaf margin are also distinctive. The species is named for the collector Charles W. Flint. ADENOSTEMMA GOYAZENSE R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ad 1.2 m altae inferne pauce ramosae. Caules sordido-virides subteretes in sicco sulcati puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-3 cm longis distaliter sensim alatis; laminae ovatae plerumque 5-9 cm longae et 1.5-5.0 cm latae base late acutae vel rotundatae in medio valde acuminatae et in petiolis decurrentes margine crenato-serratae apice acutae fere ad basem valde trinervatae supra et subtus sparse puberulae et breviter pilosae subtus in nervis dense puberulae et breviter pilosae. Inflorescentiae in internodis inferioribus elongatis, in bracteis foliiformibus decreascentes inferne non ramosae distaliter pauce capitatae, ramulis ultimis plerumque 1.0-1.7 cm longis dense minute stipitato-glanduliferis. Capitula late campanulata 7-10 mm lata et ca. 7 mm alta; squamae involucri ca. 25-30 subaequales biseriatae herbaceae oblongae 3.5-4.5 mm longae et ca. 1.3 mm latae apice rotundatae extus inferne minute stipi- tato-glanduliferae superne pilosulae vel scabridulae. Corollae albae? ca. 3.5 mm longae subcylindricae, tubis ca. 0.7 mm longis extus minute stipitato-glanduliferis, faucibus ca. 2.3 mm longis extus glanduliferis et pilosulis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.5 mm longis et latis extus inferne dense pilosulis; filamenta in partibus superioribus base dilatata ca. 0.2 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1.3 mm longae; appendices antherarum breves ca. 0.1 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae; scapi stylorum distincte hirsuti; appendices stylorum albae grosse inflatae clavatae ad. 0.8 mm latae. Achaenia 2.5-3.0 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona dense minute stipitato-glandulifera; clavulae pappi 3 ca. 1 mm longae glanduliferae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 20 pm. TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Municfpio de S. Joao D'alianga, fazenda Corrente GO. Herbacea de mata inudada alterada com 1,2 ma altura, caule avermelhado, folhas membranaceas, bracteas verdes, flores brancas. 30-XII-1979. F. C. e Silva & R. C. Mendonga 260 (Holotype, IBGE; isotype, US). The new species is most distinctive among the members of the genus with erect habits and larger heads by the sparingly branch- ed inflorescence having’ elongate basal internodes. The species differs further from the more common members of the genus in Brasil by the ovate non-triangular blades of the leaves. The veins of the leaves appear to be more densely pubescent below than in some other members of the genus, and stipitate glands on the inflorescence are rare or lacking in such species as Adeno- stemma platyphyllum Cass. which have similar shaped leaves and similarly broadened style branches. 1983 King & Robinson, Three new species 31 ADENOSTEMMA VARGASIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ad 0.5 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules flavo-virides subteretes in sicco sulcati minute appresse puber- uli. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-6 cm longis distaliter sensim alatis; laminae ovatae plerumque 4-12 cm longae et 3-9 cm latae base late acutae vel subtruncatae in medio late acuminatae in petiolis decurrentes margine crenato-serratae vel dentatae apice late acutae fere ad basem valde trinervatae supra et subtus sparse minute appresse puberulae subtus in nervis densius minute puberulae. Inflorescentiae late cymosae multo ramosae, ramis ultimis 3-15 mm longis dense puberulis. Capitula late campanu- lata ca. 9 mm lata et 6-7 mm alta; squamae involucri ca. 25-30 subaequales biseriatae herbaceae oblongae 3-4 mm longae et ca. 1 mm latae apice rotundatae extus inferme dense puberulae superne glabrae vel sparse pilosae. Corollae virides 3.0-3.5 mm longae in tubis et faucibus inferioribus cylindraceae superne leniter infundibulares, tubis ca. 0.8 mm longis glabris, faucibus inferioribus ca. 0.6 mm longis sparse pilosis superioribus ca. 1.2 mm longis glabris vel subglabris, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.4 mm longis et latis inferne extus dense minute puberulis; filamenta in partibus superioribus base dilatata ca. 0.1 m longa et lata; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae; appendices antherarum breves ca. 0.07 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae; scapi stylorum distincte puberuli; appendices stylorum albae medio- criter inflatae ad 0.3 mm latae. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona dense tuberculata; clavulae pappi 1-2 vestig- iales 0.3-0-4 mm longae plerumque ad 0.25 mm latae non glandul- iferae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 23 - TYPE: PERU: Cuzco: Prov. Paucartambo. Kosfiipata: Pilcopata Atalaya. Terrenos roasados. Alt. 450-550 m. 5 de agosto 1956. C. Vargas 112283 (Holotype, US). PARATYPES: PERU: Cuzco: Paucar- tambo. Atalaya-Pilcopata. borde monte. Alt. 720 m. 16 Nov. 1964. C. Vargas 15750 (US); Atalaya, hillside & riverbank near ject. Rio Carbon with Rio Alto Madre de Dios. Shrub % m. Aug. 6-7, 1974. Robin B. Foster 3019 with W. A. Foster, H. Brokaw & M. Brokaw (US). The three specimens, from a restricted area in the Dept. of Cuzco in Peru, were first noted because of a greenish color of the corollas in well-preserved material. The related Adeno- stemma platyphyllum Cass., to which the species is related and with which it has been confused, always seems to have a reddish color in the corolla throat. The distinct nature of the new species is proven by the comparatively vestigial nature of the Ppappus, a feature that seems to explain the restricted distrib- ution of the species. The species also has style branches less enlarged than those of A. platyphyllwn but not as small as those of the other species found in Peru, A. fosbergii K.& R. 32 POH YT 0) LYO Ger rA Vol. 54,° No. 1 Ae. $ er" 4. ® UNITED! STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGHIOULT a af = ie a € Met «és Adenostemma flintiti R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1983 King & Robinson, Three new species 33 4 ee RESERVA E GICA DO R A MunicTpio de Corrente GO : : Herbacea de mata inudada alterada om ; & altura, caule avermelhado, folhas membrans ceas, bracteas verdes, flores brancas 7 7 : i NQ r 19 Leg. F. C. e Silva & R. C. Mendonca NATIONAL HERBARIUM Adenostemma goyazense R. M. King & H. Robinson, Isotype, United States National Herbarium. 34 PeH! Yk OF 0) GarA Vol. 54, No. 1 | hg bY | PA a HERBARIO VARGAS. CUZCO. PERU PLANTAE PRRUVIANAE He + 3 $ | ; nes tee Ads icenbewatand. LaVEA Odt Me. C. Verwes . Ge 2yen te, PSE. LcopeterALedesQa.... mis. hebtot, tErrenes roomedve De bee mime oon owen Adenostemma vargasti R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1983 King & Robinson, Three new species 35 Enlargements of heads of Adenostemma. Top. A. flintit. Middle. A. goyazense. Bottom. A. vargastt. King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1974. Studies in the Eupatori- eae (Asteraceae). CXXVII. Additions to the American and Pacific Adenostemmatinae. Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis and Setadocephala. Phytologia 29 (1): 1-20. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CCXVI. VARIOUS NEW SPECIES FROM THE ANDES AND PANAMA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560. New species of Eupatorieae are described here in the genera Aristegutetia, Ageratina, Cronqutstianthus, Hebecliniun and Koanophyllon from Panama, Colombia and northern Peru. The specimens are from various sources and include both older and recent collections. ARISTEGUIETIA URIBEI R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae ca. 1 m altae mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules teretes dense brunneo-hirsuti. Folia opposita subsessilia; laminae ovatae 1.2-2.5 cm longae et 0.8-1.7 cm latae base cordatae margine multo crenato-dentatae mediocriter reflexae apice breviter acutae base vel fere ad basem leniter trinervatae supra leniter bullatae glabrae vel submargine sparse scabridae subtus dense hirsutae in nervis et nervulis prominentes. Inflor- escentiae in ramis terminales subdense corymbosae, ramis ascend- entibus, ramis ultimis plerumque 7-16 mm longis dense hirsutis. Capitula ca. 10 mm alta et 6-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 30 distincte subimbricatae ca. 4-seriatae persistentes lineares 3-8 mm longae ca. 0.8 mm latae apice breviter acutae margine puber- ulae extus anguste leniter bicostatae glabrae. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo; corollae violascentes 5.5-6.0 mm longae anguste infund- ibulares extus glabrae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis, faucibus ca. 3 mm longis, lobis longe triangularibus ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.5 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; appendices stylorum ad 0.3 mm latae. Achaenia 3.0-3.5 mm longa plerumque in costis dense scabridulae; carpopodia perbreviter obturaculiformia, cellulis parvis sub- quadratis; setae pappi ca. 45-48 robustiores ad 6 mm longae distaliter angustiores apice acutae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 25 pm. TYPE: COLOMBIA: Boyaca: Ventaquemada, bosques al occidente de la Carretera Central en el km 106. Alt. 2900 m. Arbustillo de cerca de 1 metro. Inflorescencias de bello color violeta. dic. 1972. Lorenzo Uribe Urtbe 7651 (Holotype, US). The new species is distinctive in its subsessile leaves with cordate bases. It resembles A. glutinosa of Ecuador in the cordate bases and bullate upper surfaces of the leaves, but 36 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 37 s evidently not very closely related, having a basically trinerv- ate rather than pinnate venation. Although there is no doubt of the generic placement, the carpopodium of the new species differs from those of other Aristeguietia species by its short subquadrate rather than oblong cells. AGERATINA (Typical) BISHOPII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae in parte ca. 15 cm altae multo ramosae. Caules flavo-brunnescentes subteretes dense puberuli, internodis plerumque 5-10 mm longis. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-4 mm longis; laminae ovatae 7-15 mm longae 4-9 mm latae base rotundatae vel subtruncatae margine 3-5-crenato-serrulatae apice breviter acutae fere ad basem trinervatae supra et subtus sparse puberulae subtus in nervis densiores. Inflorescentiae laxe ramosae, ramis ultimis 14-30 mm longis dense minute puberulis. Capitula 5 mm alta et 3-5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 eximbricatae biseriatae anguste ellipticae 2.5-3.5 mm longae 0.5-0.8 mm latae apice obtusae extus bicostatae sparse puberulae. Flores 25-32 in capitulo; corollae albae ca. 3 mm longae, tubis 1.2 mm longis perangustatis glabris, faucibus abrupte breviter campanulatis ca. 1.3 mm longis ad 1 mm latis extus base et apice sparse pilosulis superne longiores intus inferne pauce breviter pilosulis, lobis triangularibus 0.7 mm longis et latis extus longe pilosulis intus distincte laxe papillosis; filamenta in parte superiore 0.2 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 0.6 mm longae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.2 mm longae et 0.15 mm latae; basi stylorum leniter nodul- iferi; rami stylorum dense papillosi. Achaenia subfusiformia ca. 2 mm longa in costis inferne scabridula superne setulifera; carp- opodia cylindrica, cellulis elongatis;setae pappi ca. 20 facile deciduae ca. 2.5 mm longae distaliter vix latiores, scabris inferioribus contortis apice rotundatae; seriebus exteriores subnullis. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 20-23 pm. TYPE: PERU: Amazonas: 40 kms along road from Leimebamba SW towards Celendin. Elevation ca. 8400 ft. Herb in pasture, flowers white. 19 January 1983. R.M.King & L.E.Bishop 9246 (Holotype, US). The new species is similar in habit to A. scopulorwn (Wedd.) K.& R., but it has smaller heads and has shorter broader throats in the corolla. Actual closest relationship seems to be to A, chortcephalotdes (B.L.Robins.) K.& R. which is generally a more robust plant, often subscandent, with larger slightly cordate- based leaf blades. The latter typical also bears stipitate glands on the pedicels, a feature not seen in the available material of the new species. The corolla of A. bishopit has a corolla throat generally broader and shorter than those of relatives with comparatively larger lobes, and the type shows hairs on the inner of the corolla throat near the base unlike any related species. The species is named for the collector, Luther Earl Bishop. 38 PHA Yer 1091 10'G via Vol. 54, No. 1 AGERATINA (Andinia) BARCLAYAE R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae ca. 0.5 m latae mediocriter ramosae. Caules brunnescentes teretes dense articulate hirsuti. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-10 mm longis dense hirsutis; laminae late ellipticae 6-9 cm longae et 2.2-4.0 cm latae base acutae margine obscure serrulatae interdum anguste reflexae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae supra et subtus sparse hirsutae in nervulis prominulae, nervis primariis utrinque dense hirsutis subtus prom- inentibus, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque ca. 6. Inflores- centiae in ramis terminales late corymbosae ascendentiter ramosae, ramis ultimis plerumque 10-15 mm longis dense hirsutis. Capitula ca. 10 mm alta et 8-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15 eximbri- catae 1-2-seriatae 6-7 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae apice acutae extus leniter bicostatae distincte hirtellae. Flores ca. 35-40 in capitulo; corollae distaliter rubro-violaceae ca. 7 mm longae leniter infundibulares extus glabrae, tubis ca. 3 mm longis, faucibus ca. 3 mm longis, lobis triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis et 0.7 mm latis intus dense breviter papillosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.5 mm longa, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae, cellulis quadratis; appendices antherarum ca. 0.25 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae; basi stylorum non noduliferi; appendices stylorum dense breviter papillosae apice subtruncatae. Achaenia submatura ca. 3.5 mm longa dense breviter glandulifera et sparse scabridula; carpopodia breviter obtura- culiformia, cellulis quadratis; setae pappi ca. 28 subpersisten- tes ca. 7.5 mm longae distaliter pallide lavandulae leniter latiores apice acutae; seriebus exteriores brevibus plerumque 0.3-0.4 mm longae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 40 3 TYPE: COLOMBIA: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, alrededores de cabeceras de Rio Sevilla. Under trees of bosque (low forest) on north facing slope below and west of campsite, Sta. 10. Alt. cerca 3330 m. Stem covered with jointed brown hairs. Leaf blades to 9 X 4 cm, lighter with darker veins and more hairs below. Involucre green hairy; no rays; disc flowers light red-violet, deeper at tips; pappus pink to light red- violet. Jan. 27, 1959. Harriet G. Barelay & Pedro Juajtbtoy 6724 (Holotype, US). The species has the general appearance of the subgenus Andinia and in spite of the slight immaturity of the heads, the species shows details that justify such a placement. Still, the species, like many from Santa Marta, is unusual in the genus, both in the lack of a basal node on the style and in the dense hirsute pubescence on stems, leaves, and inflorescence. The other Colombian species lacking a basal stylar node, A. crasst- ceps (B.L.Robins.) K.& R., is an essentially glabrous glutinous plant with fewer noding heads and subimbricate graduated invol- ucral bracts. The densely glanduliferous and sparsely scabrid- ulous achenes with somewhat thickened walls in part of the carpopodium mark the new species, but also occur in some other members of the subgenus. The retrorse position of the leaves in 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 39 the type may be an artifact of pressing. The species is named in honor of the collector, Harriet G,. Barclay. AGERATINA (Andinia) BOEKEI R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae ad 3 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules atro-brunnescentes valde costati dense grosse pilosi vel hirsuti. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-10 mm longis; laminae anguste ellip- ticae subsessiles plerumque 9-17 cm longae et 1.5-3.5 cm latae in ramis ca. 5 cm longae et ca. 1.5 cm latae base anguste acutae leniter acuminatae margine integrae vel subintegrae saepe anguste revolutae apice subacutae vel leniter acuminatae supra planae sparse pilosae subtus pallidiores sparse pilosae in nervis et nervulis prominentes et prominulae, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque plerumque 5-10. Inflorescentiae late dense corymbosae, ramis late divaricatis, ramis ultimis 1-3 mm longis dense hirtel- lis. Capitula ca. 8 mm lata et 5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 17 leniter subimbricatae 2-3-seriatae anguste oblongae 2.5-4.5 mm longae et 0.7-1.5 mm latae apice obtusae interdum denticulatae extus leniter 4-costatae glabrae vel sparse puberulae. Flores 12-15 in capitulo; corollae albae ca. 5.5 mm longae leniter infundibulares extus sparse glanduliferae in tubis densiores, tubis ca. 1.8 mm longis, faucibus ca. 3 mm longis, lobis tri- angularibus ca. 0.7 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis intus dense breviter papillosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.4 m longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices anther- arum ca. 0.3 mm longae et ca. 0.2 mm latae; basi stylorum leniter nodulosi; appendices stylorum dense breviter papillosae. Achaen- ia ca. 3 mm longa dense glandulifera, scabris brevibus plerumque in cellulis uniseriatis in costis dispositis; carpopodia per- breviter obturaculiformia leniter rotundata, cellulis quadratis; setae pappi ca. 25 plerumque 3.0-4.5 mm longae persistentes sub- scabridae distaliter non vel vix latiores apice breviter acutae; seriebus exteriores sparsae ad 0.4 mm longis. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 28 pm. TYPE: PERU: Amazonas: Prov. Chachapoyas. Leimebamba- Lajasbamba trail. Lajasbamba. Elfin forest. Shrub ca. 3 mn. Heads white. 27 June 1977. Jef D. Boeke 2024 (Holotype, US). The new species is a coarser more pubescent plant with larger leaves and more ribbed stems than other members of the subgenus in Peru. The species has none of the glutinous stem and leaf surface found in A. wurdackit which occurs in the same general area. The new species has some resemblance to the Colombian and Venezuelan member of the subgenus, A. neritfolta (B.L.Robins.) K.& R., but the latter plant seems less coarse in all parts, lacks the ribs on the stems, and has slender petioles and leaf tips. The uniseriate scabri of the achene are rather distinctive. Both this and the previous species have pollen grains larger than found in most Eupatorieae, but the present species is less exceptional than the preceding. 40 Bin wer lontsore A Vol. 54, Now 1 The new species is named in honor of the collector, Jef Boeke. CRONQUISTIANTHUS BISHOPII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae ca. 1 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules sordido-flavi subteretes et striati dense lanati. Folia opposita, petiolis distinctis 1-2 cm longis; laminae ovatae 6-10 cm longae et 3.0-4.5 cm latae base rotundatae margine multo crenato- serratae apice breviter acutae supra bullatae dense pilosulae subtus albo-lanatae, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque ca. 8-11. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales late corymbosae ca. 16 cm altae et 12 cm latae, ramulis ultimis plerumque 1-2 mm longis dense lanatis. Capitula ca. 7 mm alta et 3 m lata; squamae involucri flavo-brunnescentes ca. 18 distincte subimbri- catae 3-seriatae 1.5-5.0 mm longae et 1.0-1.7 mm latae apice rotundatae vel vix obtusae extus 4-costatae exteriores sparse minute glandulo-punctatae et sparse puberulae caetera glabrae. Flores ca. 14 in capitulo; corollae albae ca. 4 mm longae leniter infundibulares, tubis ca. 2 mm longis glabris, faucibus e tubis indistincte demarcatis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus persparse gland- uliferis intus fere ad basem antherarum valde plicatis, lobis triangularibus 0.45 mm longis et 0.4 mm latis extus dense gland- uliferis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.4 mm longa, cellulis in parietibus valde annulate ornatis; thecae antherarum ca. 0.8 mm longae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.2 mm longae et 0.17 mm latae; appendices stylorum dense breviter papillosae. Achaenia 1.8-2.0 mm longa 5-costata plerumque in costis longe setulifera; carpopodia obturaculiformia ca. 0.35 pm lata et 0.2-0.35 pm longa distincte asymmetrica; setae pappi ca. 40 plerumque 2.5- 3.5 mm longae apice tenuiores argute acutae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 20 pm. TYPE: PERU: Amazonas: Mountains behind Tingo. Elev. ca. 7000 ft. Shrub one meter tall, flowers whitish. 21 January 1983. R.M.King & L.E.Bishop 9281 (Holotype, US). The new species is thoroughly distinctive in the genus by the densely lanate stems and leaf undersurfaces. The plant is also larger with larger leaf blades than seen in most members of the genus. The well-developed flanges on the inside of the corolla around the bases of the anther filaments are reminescent of those in C. kalenborntanus which may indicate some relation- ship. The species is named in honor of Luthur Earl Bishop who collected the specimen. CRONQUISTIANTHUS LOPEZ-MIRANDAE (Cabrera) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium lopeamtrandae Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 10: 21. 1962. The species was originally described by Cabrera from the interior of the Dept. of La Libertad in Peru, close to the border of Cajamarca. A second specimen has now been seen, from southeastern Cajamarca along the Quebrada de San 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 41 Vicente, southwest of Cajamarca, at 2700 malt. June 11-12, 1948. collected by F. W. Pennell 15486 (PH). On the basis of the closeness of the localities and close match with the description, there is no reason to doubt that a single species is involved. Still, on the basis of the new specimen, it would seem that Cabrera illustrated the tips of the involucral bracts too narrow- ly. The bracts in the Pennell specimen do not obviously taper and they have rounded tips as in other species of the genus. The most obvious distinction of the species is the short pappus, less than 1 mm long. A somewhat shortened pappus, about half as long as the corolla, also occurs in another Peruvian species, however, C. tnfantestt K.& R., also of La Libertad. A greater reason for excluding the Cabrera species from the genus would be the comp- aratively weak asymmetry of the carpopodium, but the asymmetry is most obvious where it is most helpful, on the surface. The cells of the corolla have a slight development of oxalate crystals, a feature almost unknown in the tribe even to the slight extent involved. The only other example that has been observed is in the same genus in C. kalenbornianus (B.L.Robins.) K.& R. HEBECLINIUM KNAPPIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ca. 1 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules rubescentes tenues subteretes striati sparse appresse pilosuli. Folia opposita, petiolis 4-7 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ovatae membranaceae 7-13 cm longae et 3-4 cm latae base late rotundatae margine remote serratae apice anguste acuminatae supra et subtus subglabrae laeves in nervis et nervulis sparse appresse puberulae, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque 3-4 arcuatis sensim valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales laxe ramosae dense ramulosae corymbosae, ramis ultimis tenuibus 1-6 mm longis minute puberulis. Capitula 5-6 mm alta et ca. 4 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 30 distincte subimbricatae ca. 4-seriatae anguste oblongae vel lanceolatae 1.5-4.0 mm longae et 0.4-0.6 mm latae apice obtusae extus anguste 4-costatae sparse minute puberulae. Flores ca. 34 in capitulo; corollae albae ca. 3 mm longae leniter infundibulares, tubis cylindraceis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus glabris, faucibus ca. 1.5 mm longis base et distaliter sparse puberulis, lobis triangular- ibus ca. 0.3 mm longis et latis extus dense puberulis, setis uniseriatis apice rotundatis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.2 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.2 mm longae et 0.15 mm latae; appendices styl- orum filiformes subflexuosae subteretes leniter mamillosae apice vix latiores. Achaenia ca. 1.7 mm longa leniter curvata in costis superne uniseriate setulifera; carpopodia indistincta, cellulis tenuis; setae pappi ca. 35-40 contigues ca. 3 mm longae distaliter vix latiores apice acutae. Grana pollinis in diamet- ro ca. 20 pm. TYPE: PANAMA: Darien: Top of ridges separating Rfo Jaqué 42 Pi aT OalwOne TA Vol. 54, No. 1 Valley from Pacific Ocean; 7926'N, 78°05'W. Tropical wet forest; elev. 300-500 m. Herb 1.0 m; flowers white; leaves purple beneath. 24 January 1982. S.Knapp & J.Mallet 3090 (Holotype, US; isotype, MO). The new species is one of a group of slender-stemmed acuminate-leaved species from Colombia and Panama including H. lellingert K.& R. and H. gentryt K.& R. The former from the Chocd in Colombia differs most by the acute leaf bases, the more glabrous stems leaves and involucral bracts, the fewer hairs on the corolla lobes, the minute glands on the achenes, and the distinct enlargements on the tips of the pappus bristles. The latter species, H. gentryt, also from the Chocd, is much closer to H. knappit, but differs by the lanate stems and leaf veins, the shorter more ovate leaves with obtuse bases, the somewhat longer petioles, the densely puberulous rounded tips on the involucral bracts, the more numerous usually ca. 5-seriate involucral bracts, and the seemingly more flexuous style branch- es. The species is named in honor of the collector, Sandra Knapp. KOANOPHYLLON SAGASTEGUIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ad 1 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules brunnescentes subteretes leniter striati dense breviter puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis tenuibus 5-15 mm longis; laminae ovatae 2-6 cm longae et 1.2-3.2 cm latae base late rotundatae supra basem trinervatae margine utrinque 8-15-serru- latae apice breviter argute acuminatae supra dense hirtello- pilosulae et minute glandulo-punctatae subtus pallidiores brev- iter dense tomentellae obscure glandulo-punctatae. Inflores- centiae in ramis terminales pyramidaliter thyrsoideo-paniculatae in ramis subdense corymbosae, ramis ultimis 3-12 mm longis dense puberulis. Capitula ca. 1 cm alta; squamae involucri ca. 15 minime subimbricatae 2-3-seriatae lanceolatae 3-5 mm longae et 0.5-0.8 mm latae apice anguste acutae extus leniter bicostatae breviter puberulae et sparse minute glandulo-punctatae. Flores ca. 25 in capitulo; corollas albae ca. 4.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis cylindraceis glabris, faucibus ca. 2 mm longis len- iter infimdibularibus glabris, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.6 m longis et 0.5 mm latis extus multo glandulo-punctatis obsitis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.35 mm longa; thecae anther- arum ca. 1.3 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.27 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae ad medio exaratae; rami stylorum distaliter vix vel non latiores. Achaenia 3.5-3.8 mm longa dense glandulifera sparse breviter scabro-setulifera inferne leniter angustiores; carpopodia perbreviter obturaculiformia; setae pappi ca. 30 plerumque ca. 4.5 mm longae distaliter distincte leniter latiores et scabriores. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 20 pm breviter papillate spinulifera. TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: Dept. Cajamarca. El Molino (San 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 43 Pablo). Alt. 2320 m, Sufrutice con capftulos blanquecinos, 22 Mayo 1975. A.Sagastegut A. & J.Cabanillas S. 8011 (Holotype, IJ; isotype, US) The pyramidal inflorescence and weakly subimbricate invol- ucre might suggest relationship to the typical element of the genus, but the anther appendages are distinctly longer than wide, a feature seen in the genus thus far only in various atypical members. The lack of broadened tips on the style branches is also unusual though not unique in the genus. The corolla lobes of the species are only slightly longer than wide, but most other species of the genus have the lobes consistently slightly shorter than wide. The species can be most easily identified by the short sharp acuminations of the leaves and the soft pubes- cence on the leaf undersurface. The new species is named in honor of the collector, Abundio Sagastegui Alva of the Universidad Nacional de Trujillo in Peru. 44 PAH WaT OnE ONG TA Vol. 54, No. 1 2741306 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Artsteguietta uribei R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 45 - fe PLANTAE PERUVIANAIE KINGII BISHOPIIQUE 40 kms slong road from Leimebant ndin Elevation ca, &40« UNITED STATES aeture flowers white 2933993 tent Rowen MeNniL KING FT Luts NATIONAL HERBARIUM Ageratina bishoptt R. M. Kin i j - M. 8 & H. Robins United States National Herbariun. a hea 46 Py Hn Yer Onl. OrG, LA Vol. 54, No. 1 Ageratina barclayae R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium 1983 King & Robinson, NATIONAL HERBARIUM Ageratina boeket R. M. States National Herbarium. King & Various new species 47 ere PLANTS OF PERI Depto. Amazonas Prov. Chachapoyas Leimebamba-Lajasbambs trail. JEF D. BOEKE June 1977 H. Robinson, Holotype, United 48 Pe Yor) OsEVOrG vA Vol. 54, No. 1 UNITED STATES 2933961 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Cronqutsttanthus bishopit R. United States National Herbarium. PLANTAE PERUVIANAI KINGU BISHOPHIQUE Cronquistianthus bishopii R.M.King §& H.Robir Amazonas: mountains behind Tingo Elevation ca 7000 ft Shrub one meter tall, flowers whitist LEGERE ROBERT MERRILL KING 07 LUTHER Fart BisHor met aut trohemnam Hog Specimen testifuatum ¢ (pecmen ia formalina primum condi M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 49 © separating Rio Jaqué Valley from ws S°O3'W. Tropical wet forest - UNITEX TAY 2936614 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Do RI BOTANICAL GARDEN ubaarky ed? Hebeclinium knappti R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Vol. 54, No. 1 PeH Yau OL tOsC Lea 50 pe Keanophy! oo” jas leg uit K M King +H Rebornsan UNIVERSIDAD NACIONAL DE TRUJILLO HERBARIUM THRUNILEENSE Cand) FLORA PERUANA supa torium Det. por N. Vu'gor Habito frétice con capftulés blanquecinos Procedencia: =: Molino (San Frabdlo Proy, Va jamarce Opto,:“# Je merce Hobitet ladere : A d . m.s.m. Fecho: ~“ st bs! 1,979 le A. Sagdstegui A. No. 8022 8 Sagdstegui A. lo. J. Cobonillcas § O. Dios C 64//0 Koanophyllon sagasteguit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1983 King & Robinson, Various new species 51 SLIP RL Sk a TZ GP Seeger raen CARER OAR ZC PACER yrs LS PRR | Oe Sf Ree eRe ee ew Pee eR eh OA ee Enlargements of heads. Top left. Aristeguietia uribei. Top right. Ageratina bishopit. Bottom left. Hebecliniwm knappit. Bottom right. Koanophyllon sagasteguit. STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XXX. FOUR NEW SPECIES FROM PERU. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560. Recent specimens from Peru collected by R. M. King and L. E. Bishop include representatives of four undescribed species of the tribe Heliantheae. The species are described here to allow duplicates to be distributed under the names. HELIANTHOPSIS BISHOPII H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae subarborescentes ad 3 m altae mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules subhexagonales dense flavo-lanati; pilis base vermiformibus apice perelongatis nematiformibus. Folia alterna, petiolis 5-13 mm longis dense lanatis; laminae ovatae vel anguste ovatae plerumque 3-6 cm longae et 0.8-2.0 cm latae base breviter acutae margine integrae anguste reflexae apice anguste acutae vel acuminatae fere ad basem leniter trinervatae supra atro- virides minute subbullatae dense scabridae subtus dense flavo- tomentosae vel lanatae. Inflorescentiae in ramis foliosis terminales sessiles unicapitatae. Capitula ca. 2 cm alta, involucra ca. 3 cm lata dense sordido-lanata; squamae involucri 45-50 ca. 4-seriatae reflexae lanceolatae 12-17 mm longae et 3-4 mm latae apice anguste acutae vel leniter acuminatae supra serisceae interiores glabrae subtus lanatae; paleae atrescentes oblongo-ellipticae ad 9 mm longae ca. 3 mm latae apice erectae breviter acutae extus glabrae in medio anguste carinatae. Flores radii ca. 30 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 30 mm longae in tubis 2.5 mm longis in laminis ad 3.2 mm latae apice anguste bidentatae extus pilosulae et minute glanduliferae in tubis densiores. Achaenia radii sterilia. Flores disci ca. 250 in capitulo; corollae inferne flavae distaliter nigrescentes 7 mm longae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis extus scabridis superne densiores, faucibus longe campanulatis 3.5 mm longis extus base dense scabridulae, lobis triangularibus ca. 1.5 mm longis et 0.8 m latis vix scabridis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 0.2 mm longa; thecae antherarum nigrae ca. 2.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum nigrescentes ovatae ca. 0.6 mm longae et 0.4 mm latae extus pauce glanduliferae. Achaenia disci sub- matura ca. 4 mm longa et 1 m lata glabra; subulae pappi pallidae deciduae lineari-lanceolatae ca. 3 mm longae inferne ad 0.3 m latae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 38 pm longe anguste spinulosa. TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: 62 kms NE of Cajamarca along the road to Celendin. Elevation 11,000 ft. Small tree to 3 meters 52 1983 Robinson, Four new species a tall, ray flowers yellow, disc yellow-brown. 9 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 9141 (Holotype, US). Heltanthopsts bishoptt would key roughly in Robinson (1979) to H. stuebelit (Hieron.) H. Robins. also of northern Peru, but the latter has non-lanate stems and has more branching inflores- cences with longer pedunculate heads. The new species actually seems closest to the more recently described H. smithit Ferreyra (1980) from the neighboring region of La Libertad, but the latter seems to be a smaller plant in all its parts with somewhat fewer flowers in the heads and yellow disc corollas and anther append- ages. The latter also has more numerous and more prominent hairs on the lower half of the disc corolla throat. HELIANTHOPSIS UTCUBAMBENSIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ad 1.5 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules brunnescentes teretes hispidi. Folia alterna; petiolis plerumque 1-2 cm longis; laminae ovatae vel anguste ovatae 4-10 cm longae et i.5-4.5 cm latae base acutae vel leniter acuminatae base vel fere ad basem ascendentiter trinervatae margine sub- integrae vel serrulatae planae apice anguste acutae vel distincte acuminatae supra minute velutinae subtus cinereo-tomentellae. Inflorescentiae terminales divaricate ramosae foliosae pauce capitatae, ramis ultimis maturitatis plerumque 2-4 cm longis dense hispidulis. Capitula 8-9 mm alta et ca. 12 m lata; squamae involucri ca. 18-20 bi-tri-seriatae oblongo-lanceolatae 6-7 mm longae et ca. 2 mm latae apice acutae reflexae extus et distaliter intus dense hirtellae vel subtomentellae; paleae oblongo-ovatae ca. 5.5 mm longae et 1.5 mm latae apice acutae et in squamis interioribus reflexae extus sparse vel dense puberulae in medio prominule costatae. Flores radii ca. 12 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca. 10 mm longae in tubis ca. 1.5 mm longae et in laminis ad 4.2 mm latae apice late bi-tri-lobatae extus scabridulae et puberulae superne in costis densiores, glandulis minutis plerumque inter costam dispositis. Achaenia radii sterilia. Flores disci ca. 50-60; corolla flavae 4.5-5.0 m longae extus scabridulae in faucibus in nervis densiores, tubis 1.0-1.5 mm longis, faucibus longe anguste campanulatis 2.0-2.5 mm longis, lobis ca. 1.0 mm longis et 0.7 mm latis submargine densius puberulentibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 0.25 mm longa; thecae antherarum pallidae ca. 1.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.4 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae extus saepe glanduliferae. Achaenia disci ca. 3 mm longa et 1.3 mm lata sericeo-setulifera; subulae pappi pallidae deciduae lineari-lanceolatae ca. 2.3 mm longae inferne eroso-alatae ad 0.3 mm latae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 27 pm longe spinulosa. TYPE: PERU: Amazonas: Rio Utcubamba Valley, 3 kms along road S of Tingo. Elevation ca. 5500 ft. Shrub to 1 meters tall, flowers yellow. 21 January 1983. R. M. King &L. E. Bishop 9271 (Holotype, US). PARATYPES: PERU: Amazonas: 3 kms E 54 Pe Yat OFL) ONGrr TA Vol. 54, No. 1 of Chachapoyas along road to Mendoza, Elevation ca. 7000 ft. Rays yellow, disc greenish yellow. 12 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Btshop 9155 (US); 6 kms along road W of Chachapoyas. Elevation ca. 6600 ft. Shrub 1% meters tall, flowers yellow. 13 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Btshop 9193 (US). Helianthopsis utcubambensts is clearly a member of the species group in northern Peru having pale anther thecae (Robin- son, 1979), and is geographically close to or sympatric with the other members of the group. The heads are of the size range nearest H. matthewsit (Hochr.) H.Robinson and H., verbesinotdes (H.B.K.) H.Robinson but have reflexed involucral bracts and palea tips as in the more recently described H. hutchisonit H. Robinson and H. sagasteguit H. Robinson. Of the latter two, the inflorescence is more branched and foliose as in H. sagasteguit, but the pubescence is much smaller, nearer that of H. hutchtsontt. The two related species seem to be separated somewhat geographi- cally from the new species by being from Cajamarca in the Rio Maranon Valley at the eastern edge of Amazonas. The related species may be separated seasonally also, both having been collected in May while the present specimens are mature in Janu- ary. PERYMENIUM BISHOPIT H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ad 0.5 m altae inferne mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules atro-brunnescentes subteretes vel sub- haxagonales dense longe albide antrorse scabridi. Folia opposita; petiolis 1-2 mm longis; laminae ellipticae vel oblongo-lanceolatae plerumque 1-3 cm longae et 0.3-0.9 cm latae base acutae margine obscure subserrulatae leniter anguste reflexae apice anguste acutae fere ad basem valde trinervatae supra atro-virides micro- bullatae dense albo-scabridae subtus dense appresse canescentiter strigosae, pilis in parietibus rugulosis. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales laxe ramosae foliosae pauce et plerumque tripli- citer capitatae, ramis ultimis plerumque 3-7 cm longis dense canescentiter antrorse strigosae. Capitula 7-9 mm alta late campanulata; squamae involucri ca. 10 herbaceae suborbiculares ca. 5-6 mm longae et 4-5 mm latae margine integrae distincte anguste reflexae apice breviter obtusae vel rotundatae extus dense canescentiter strigosae longitudinaliter 6-8-nervatae; squamae basilares interdum ovatae breviter acutae base minute dentatae; paleae late lanceolatae ca. 5 mm longe argute acutae scarisoae superne ad medio costatae et pauce strigosae margine uni- vel bi-dentatae. Flores radii 12-14 feminei; corollae flavae in tubis ca. 2 mm longi minute hispidulae in laminis oblongae ca. 10 mm longae et 4 mm latae apice late tridentatae extus in costis strigulosae. Flores disci hermaphroditi 50-75; corollae flavae ca. 5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.3-1.5 mm longis extus glabris, faucibus anguste campanulatis ca. 3 mm longis extus plerumque glabris base pauce scabridulis, lobis ca. 0.7 m longis et 0.5 mm latis extus dense scabridulis; filamenta in 1983 Robinson, Four new species 55 parte superiore ca, 0.35 mm longa; thecae antherarum nigrae 1.8- 2.2 mm longae; appendices antherarum flavae ovatae ca. 0.6 mm longae et 0.4 mm latae; rami stylorum apice breviter acuti minute apiculati. Achaenia ca. 3.5 mm longa et 2 mm lata apice constric- ta pappifera in humeris anguste alata et breviter setulifera in superficiis superioribus dense hispidula; setae pappi breves 1-2 mm longae mediocriter deciduae flavae. Grana pollinis in dia- metro ca. 26 pm. TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: 8 kms E of Cajamarca along road to Celenin. Elevation 8500 ft. Subligneous herb to 3 dm tall, flowers yellow. 9 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 9122 (Holotype, US). PARATYPES: PERU: Cajamarca: 5 km N along road from Cajamarca to Bambamarca. Elevation ca. 8600 ft. Uncommon subligneous herb in pasture, flowers yellow. 8 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 9120 (US); Ancash: just below Chancos at old sawmill (road to Vicos). Common, lax very scraggly shrub- let hanging over banks on steep slopes. Alt. ca. 2850 m. 11 March 1964. P. C. Hutchison & J. K. Wright 4338 (US). The species is distinct from others in Peru and Ecuador by the broad canescently strigose involucral bracts having slight but distinct raised costae in at least the middle. The rounded apical margin is also often narrowly reflexed and appearing thickened. The species seems closest in leaf form and geo- graphy to the common peruvian P. featherstonei Blake but that has flat less pubescent apically darkened involucral bracts. Both the other peruvian species, P. matthewsit Blake and P. serratum have broad dark flat tips on the involucral bracts, broader leaves, and the latter has more densely serrate leaves with less pubescent lower leaf surfaces. WEDELIA EPISCOPALIS H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ad 1/2 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules brunnescentes subteretes dense patentiter vel leniter retrorse hispiduli. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-12 mm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 3.0-6.5 cm longae et 1.5-3.3 cm latae base obtusae fere ad basem ascendentiter trinervatae margine remote minime mucrono-denticulatae apice acutae supra et subtus antrorse delicate sericeae subtus densiores canescentes. Inflor- escentiae in ramis terminales uni- vel tri-capitatae, ramis ultimis 2-7 cm longis dense patentiter vel leniter retrorse hispidulis et perminute puberulis. Capitula ca. 1 cm alta late campanulata; squamae involucri ca. 12 suborbiculatae vel late oblongo-ovatae 6-8 mm longae et ca. 4 mm latae margine integrae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae inferne leniter chartaceae superne sensim submembranaceae extus vix striatae et dense puberulae; paleae oblongae apice abrupte breviter acutae extus subapice et ad medio dense puberulae caetera subglabrae. Flores radii ca. 12; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis glabris, laminis oblongis 10 mm longis et 4.5 mm latis subtus in costis dense hispidulis. Flores disci ca. 35; corollae sordido-flavae 56 PeHeYoTs OsLyORGet A Vol. 54, No. 1 ca. 5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis glabris, faucibus anguste cylindraceo-campanulatis ca. 3 mm longis extus plerumque glabris, lobis ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis extus dense scabridulis intus submargine dense longe papillate fimbriatis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.3 mm longa; thecae antherarum nigrae ca. 2 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.45 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae; appendices stylorum apice anguste attenu- atae. Achaenia ca. 6 mm longa dense sericeo-setulifera superne valde constricta in humeris truncate alata in collis minute scabridula; corona pappi brevis minute denticulato-fimbriata. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 25 um. TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: Rio Jequetepeque Valley, 2 km along road W of Magdalena. Elevation ca. 3800 ft. Subshrub 1/2 meter tall, flowers yellow. 7 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 9095 (Holotype, US). The species does not have the long acute involucral bracts seen in many members of the genus including W. grandiflora Benth. which occurs in Peru. Still, there are no short outer bracts such as those of the distinctly graduated involucres in W. jelskit Hieron. of northern Peru. The bracts are more chart- aceous basally than those in most related species, and the bracts bear a finer pubescence. The leaf pubescence is more sericeous than strigose and there are no evident glandular punctations. As in two of the other species in this paper, the name honors the collector Luther Earl Bishop. Literature Cited Ferreyra, R. 1980. Especies nuevas de Compuestas Peruanas. Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 8 (1-2): 75-82. Robinson, H. 1979. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XVIII. A new genus Heltanthopsis. Phytologia 44 (4): 257-269. 1983 Robinson, Four new species 57 2970097 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Heltanthopsis bishopti H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photo- grapher, National Museum of Natural History. 58 Pee eT 40 sO (Cer A Vol. 54, No. 1 RUN if BISHOPHQUE AE PI ANAL ty LUTHER BAR) Bishop wohemcam Her ipecrmen in Heltianthopsts utecubambensis H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1983 Robinson, Four new species 59 PLANTAE PERUVIANAL KINGI BISHOPHQUE Mie con 8 kme E of Cajamrca n Elevation 8500 fr. along road to UNITED STATES « herb to 3 dm tall, flowers yellow. per Rosen Menu Keno @T LOTHES Ea. Brator 2970116 ee eee we) gaa reapers sd ase afl ipecrmen 5 sme rreeee NATIONAL HERBARIUM Perymeniun bishopit H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium 60 P WH ¥eTI0 THO Gea Vol. 54, No. 1 UNITED STATES 2970144 NATIONAL HERBARIUM te PLANTAE PERUVIANAE KINGII BISHOPHQUE No 9095 7 January 1985 wedelia episcopalis HIebmcen Mle Ripe Cajamarca: Rio Jequetepeque Valley, 2 km along road Woof Magdalena. Elevation ca. 3800 ft. Subshrub 1/2 meter tall, flowers yellow. Leoert ROBERT MERRILL. KING &T LUTHER Ear. BisHop eitcatem cpologicaum et ant brochemuwm Hoe ipecemen on sri comdatvon et — Wedelia episcopalis H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1983 Robinson, Four new species 61 Enlargements of heads. Middle. Perymentun bishopit. Top. Heltanthopsits utcubambensis. Bottom. Wedelta eptscopalis. STUDIES IN THE LIABEAE (ASTERACEAE). XVI. NEW TAXA FROM PERU. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560. Two taxa of Liabeae are described below which were not included in the recent revision of the tribe (Robinson, 1983). One of the taxa, that was collected just before the revision was published, proves to represent an entirely undescribed genus. LIABUM SAUNDERSII H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffruticosae ca. 1.7 m altae sparse vel mediocriter ramosae. Caules teretes dense persistentiter albo-tomentosi, nodis disciferis, discis in diametro ad 2 cm. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-2 cm longis late alatis in discis nodarum confluentis; laminae ovatae plerumque 5-10 cm longae et 1.5-4.5 cm latae base breviter acutae in petiolis alatis confluentae margine utrinque 10-20-serrulatae apice breviter argute acuminatae fere ad basem ascendentiter ad 3/5 longitudinem laminarum attingentes triner- vatae supra distincte pilosulae subtus dense persistentiter albo- tomentosae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales in nodis primari- is superioribus subumbellatae, ramis ultimis 5-15 mm longis dense lanate albo-tomentosis. Capitula ca. 13-14 m alta; involucra late campanulata 14-16 mm lata brunnescentes subpersistentiter arachnoideo-albo-tomentosa; squamae involucri ca. 150 anguste lanceolatae vel lineares 2-10 mm longae et 0./7-1.0 mm latae apice anguste acutae margine superne minute setulo-fimbriatae extus plerumque glabrescentes. Flores radii ca. 30? feminei; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 8 mm longis tenuis extus plerumque glabris apice sparse minute puberulis, laminis anguste linearibus ca. 7 mm longis et 1 mm latis plerumque glabris apice extus minute scabrid- ulis. Flores disci hermaphroditi ca. 125; corollae flavae ca. 11 mm longae, tubis 5-6 mm longis tenuibus superne sensim leniter latioribus glabris, faucibus ca.3 mm longis extus glabris linear- ibus ca. 2.5 mm longis et 0.35 mm latis distaliter spiculiferis apice valde dense spiculiferis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.4 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.45 mm longae et 0.18 mm latae; scapi stylorum in partibus superioribus hispidulis ca. 1 mm longi; rami stylorum filiformes ca. 5 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa 10-costata dense breviter setulifera; carpopodia late truncata brevia; setae pappi albae longiores ca. 30 ad 7 mm longae distal- iter leniter latiores, scabris in apicibus minute mucronatis; setae breviores tenuiores plerumque 0.5-2.0 mm longae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 27 pm irregulariter spinulifera. 62 1983 Robinson, New taxa from Peru 63 TYPE: PERU: Junin: Prov. Tarma, Dist. San Ramon. About 200 ft. above road, left side, about 15 kms from San Ramon towards Tarma. c. 3,400 ft. In deep humus, on steep hillside. Orange flowers. About 5 ft. tall. 15.8.1960. S. G. E. Saunders 559 (Holotype, IJ). The new species is closely related to Liabum wurdackit Ferreyra of northern Peru, having similar terete stems and narrow involucral bracts. The related species, however, is less robust with greener less persistently arachnoid-tomentose involucral bracts, has petiolar wings always narrowed to the base, and lacks hairs on the upper leaf surface in all but one specimen. In the case where the leaf surface has hairs, those hairs are not always present or as large as those in the new species. The location of the new species in central Peru seems isolated from the known range of Liabwn wurdackit in Amazonas and immediately adjacent Cajamarca. The new species is named for the collector, S. G. E. Saunders. BISHOPANTHUS SOLICEPS H. Robinson, gen. et sp. nov. Plantae fruticosae ad 1/2 m altae mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules lacticiferi pallide rufescentes in internodis brevibus articulati dense albo-lanati in basis foliorum arcte investientes. Folia opposita base valde vaginata, vaginis plerum- que ca. 5 mm longis quam internodis longioribus et in partibus imbricatis extus lanato-tomentosis, petiolis brevibus ca. 0.5 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ovatae plerumque 2-4 cm longae et 8-16 cm latae base rotundatae margine multo distincte serrulatae apice breviter acutae fere ad basem valde sublongitudinaliter trinerv- atae supra bullatae in nervis majoribus distincte insculptae et diffuse arachnoideo-tomentosae subtus dense cinereo-lanato- tomentosae in nervis majoribus exsculptae. Inflorescentiae in ramis foliosis abrupte terminales unicapitatae. Capitula ca. 1 em alta et ex radiis ca. 12 mm latis; squamae involucri ca. 25 subaequales ca. 2-seriatae oblongo-lanceolatae 7-8 mm longae et ca. 1.5 mm latae exteriores apice reflexae supra virides sub- glabrae subtus dense albe lanato-tomentosae interiores non reflexae acutae subglabrae. Flores radii ca. 20 feminei; corollae flavae, tubis 2.5-3.5 mm longis anguste infundibularibus sparse patentiter piliferis, laminis linearibus 11-12 mm longis et ca. 2 mm latis apice tridentatis extus base breviter minute biseriate piliferis superne subdense arachnoidea-tomentosis et multo gland- ulo-punctatis. Flores disci ca. 25 hermaphroditi; corollae flavae 7.0-7.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 2.5 mm longis leniter infund- bularibus extus sparse patentiter recte piliferis, pilis uni- seriatis, faucibus ca. 2.5 mm longis subcylindraceis inferne breviter pauce biseriate piliferis et persparse longe patentiter uniseriate piliferis superne vix piliferis et sparse glandulo- punctatis, lobis linearibus ca. 2.8 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis submargine superne pauce stomatiferis extus multo glandulo- 64 PHY: 0) L ORG) Era Vol. 54, Nowe punctatis et subdense arachnoideo-tomentosis; filamenta in parte inferiore laevia in parte superiore ca. 0.25 mm longa, cellulis breviter oblongis in parietibus firmis inornatis; thecae anther- arum ca. 2.5 mm longae, cellulis obscuris aliquantum oblongis in scutis tenuiter irregulariter areolatis; appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.4-0.5 mm longae et 0.22 mm latae in super- ficiis laevibus; basi stylorum distincte noduliferi; scapi stylorum in partibus superioribus hispidulis ca. 3 mm longi; rami stylorum ca. 1 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 2.7 mm longa 8-10- costata breviter setulifera pilifera et glandulifera, setulis numerosis contortis superioribus longioribus, pilis persparsis uniseriatis, glandulis breviter stiptitatis minute capitatis sparsis; carpopodia breviter obturaculiformia subannuliformia ca. 0.35 mm lata et 0.15 mm longa, cellulis 12-15-seriatis in diam- etro ca. 12-15 pm in parietibus incrassatis; setae pappi dense congestae majores ca. 35 interdum irregulariter elongatae pler- umque 4.5-6.0 mm longae apice tenues; setae exteriores breviores tenuiores plerumque 0.7-1.0 mm longae, scabris simplicibus. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 37 pm irregulariter spinulosa. TYPE: PERU: Amazonas: Mountains behind Tingo. Elevation ca. 6500 ft. Spreading shrub 1/2 meter tall, flowers yellow, copious milky sap. 21 January 1983. R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 9280 (Holotype, US). Unfortunately, the new genus became available at the time when the hopefully complete generic review of the tribe was within a month of publication (Robinson, 1983), an example of remarkably poor timing. The new genus is clearly a member of the subtribe Liabinae, but is not a member of the specialized group containing Liabum, Oligactis and Ferreyranthus which seems to characteristically lack latex. The new genus superficially resembles Cacosmia, but is not necessarily closely related, differing by the solitary heads, subequal involucral bracts, and well-developed capillary pappus. As preserved, the raphids in the achene walls are short, but they are in elongate cells and may be under-developed. The raphid form is definitely unlike the quadrate type characteristic of the Munnoziinae and the generic pair Ltabum-Oltgactis. The strongly trinervate leaves furnish an additional distinction from the genus Ferreyranthus. The genus furnishes further evidence that the center of diversity of the tribe is in northern Peru and south- erm Ecuador. The genus is named for the collector L. E. Bishop. Litersture Cited Robinson, H. 1983. A Generic Review of the Tribe Liabeae (Asteraceae). Smiths. Contrib. Botany 54: 1-69. 1983 Robinson, New taxa from Peru 65 ee POP TEP UV AUIYiivheccrrcirt S3eFe Liabwn saundersit H. Robinson, Holotype, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CLXIX Harold N. Moldenke LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS var. CHIMANTENSIS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis erecto-adscentibus gracilibus utrinque glabris nitidisque apicaliter obtusis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its smaller, erect or ascending, slender leaves, which are thin- textured, glabrous and shiny on both surfaces, and apically ob- tuse, only 5--7 cm. long and 2.5--3 mm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by Julian A. Steyermark, Otto Huber, and Victor Carrefio E. (no, 128382) in a swampy savanna, at about 2200 m. altitude, on the "Altoplanicie en la base meridi-~ onal de los farallones superiores del Apacara-tepui, sector Norte del Macizo, 5°20" N., 62°12" W., Distrito Piar, Macizo del Chi- manta," Bolivar, Venezuela, between January 30 and February 1, 1983, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. PAEPALANTHUS APACARENSIS var. HUMILIS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei statura perparvioracapit— ulis parvioribus pedunculis brevioribus differt. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its much smaller stature, the leaves only about 5 mm, long, the peduncles only to 1 cm. long, and the flowering heads only to 3 mm, wide. The type of the variety was collected by Julian A. Steyermark, Otto Huber, and Victor Carrefio E. (no. 128164) on open sandy banks along a river, on the "cabeceras orientales del Cano Chimanta, Sec- tor centro-noreste del Chimantd-tepui, Macizo del Chimantd, Dis- trito Piar," 5°18’ N., 62°09" W., Bolfvar, Venezuela, at about 2000 m. altitude, between January 26 and 29, 1983, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. PAEPALANTHUS FRATERNUS var. CHIMANTENSIS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei statura humilior foliis dense congestis parvioribus 1--1.5 cm. longis 1.5--2 m, latis utrinque glabris nitidisque supra iridescenti-caeruleis apicaliter acutis pedunculis 4--5 cm. longis tortis striatis glabris recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species, among other characters, in its low stature, shortly elongate stems, very densely congested foliage, the leaves 1--1.5 cm. long and 1.5--2 mm. wide, apically acute, firm but rather thin in texture, glabrous and shiny on both surfaces, iridescent torquoise-blue above when fresh, and the peduncles only 4--5 cm. long, glabrous, twisted, and striate. The variety is based on Steyermark, Huber, & Carrefio E. 128944a from under ledges around grottos of a large rock formation, at about 2450 m. altitude, in the "Seccidn oriental del Chimantd-tepui, cabe- ceras del afluente derecho superior del rio Tirica (Cano del Orillo), 66 1983 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 67 Macizo del Chimantd, Distrito Piar," 5°18" N., 62°03' W., Bolfvar, Venezuela, between February 7 and 9, 1983, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas, PETREA ALGENTRYI Mold., sp. nov. Frutex volubilis caulibus 5 cm, diametro, ramis ramulisque sub- acute tetragonis griseis forsan pilosis in statu senectute glab- rescentibus; internodiis elongatis; nodis irregulariter tumidis suberosis; foliis subcoriaceis ellipticis 12--20 cm longis 5--9 em. latis apicaliter acutis vel subacuminatis aliquando minute apiculatis vel incurvo-bidenticulatis basaliter abrupte rotunda- tis vel anguste subtruncatis utrinque glabris; petiolis obsoletis vel usque ad 3 mm, lorgis crassis suberosis; racemis axillaribus 17--26 cm. longis remote multifloris pilosulis; pedicellis tenu- issimis 10--20 mm. longis; calicis tubo obconico 5 mm. longo api- caliter 7 mm, lato dense glanduloso-pilosis, dentibus triangular- ibus 2--2.5 mm. longis apicaliter acutis, lobis anguste ellipti- cis usque ad 2.5 cm. longis 9 mm, latis glabratis apicaliter acutis; corollis permagnis 5 cm, latis in statu vivo purpureis. A large liana; main stems to 5 cm. in diameter, high-climbing; branches and branchlets subacutely tetragonal, gray, possibly at first pilosulous but glabrescent in age; principal internodes elongate, sometimes to 10 cm. long; nodes conspicuously and ir- regularly swollen and corky; leaves apparently opposite and decus- sate, sessile or subsessile; petioles ohsolete or to 3 mm, long, thick, corky; leaf-blades thinly subcoriaceous or thickly charta- ceous, apparently uniformly green and shiny on both surfaces, el- liptic, 10--20 cm. long, 5--9 cm. wide, marginally entire, api- cally acute or subacuminate or sometimes minutely apiculate or even minutely reflexed-bidenticulate, basally abruptly rounded or abruptly subtruncate; racemes axillary, 17--26 cm. long, remotely many-flowered, the flowers opposite, approximate, or in whorls, distant; peduncles slender, about 7 cm. long, more or less pilos- ulous; rachis densely pilosulous, especially apically, very slen- der; pedicels very slender, 1--2 cm. long, densely pilosulous; calyx obconic, about 5 mm, long, apically 7 mm. wide, densely glandular-pilose, the teeth triangular, erect, stiff, 2--2.5 m. long, apically acute; calicinal lobes lavender when fresh, narrow- ly elliptic, to 2.5 cm. long and 9 m,. wide during anthesis, glab- rate, venose, apically acute; corolla very large for the genus, to 5 cm. wide during anthesis when fresh, purple, the lobes to 2 cm. long and wide, rounded, The type of this distinctive and beautiful species was collec- ted by Al Gentry (in whose honor it is named), L. Escobar, and J. Brand M, (no. 37075) in an alluvial floodplain forest, at an al- titude of about 100 m., Rfo Tagachi, about 12 km. west of Rfo Atrato, Choco, Colombia, 6°15' N., 76°50' W., on June 19, 1982, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. STACHYTARPHETA SANGUINEA var. HATSCHBACHII Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei ramis foliisque inflores- centiisque dense albido-villosis recedit, 68 PP VeT Only Oe) Bah Vol. 54, No. 1 This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its branches, petioles, both leaf-surfaces, peduncles, ra- chis, bracts, and calyxes densely white-villous; the leaves also are more uniformly small, oblong-lanceolate, 2—-2.5 cm. long, 6-- 8 mm. wide, and subsessile. The type of the variety was collected by Gert Hatschbach (no. 44170) --— in whose honor it is named -- at Corrego Serra Negro, municipality of Oliveira dos Berjinhos, Bahia, Brazil, on October 12, 1981, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the Uni- versity of Texas. SYNGONANTHUS DROUETII var. PARVICEPS Mold., var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei capitulis parvioribus ca. 2 mm. latis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its smaller flowering heads, which are only about 2 mm. wide, mostly without conspicuous widely spreading white bracts. The type of the variety was collected by William Wayt Thomas (no. 2638) in a small disturbed savanna with pH 3.5, north of the first creek at the northern edge of Maroa, Amazonas, Venezuela, on November 15, 1979, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE, LXXXIX Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULON SUBULATUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 53: 479. 1983. Greenway found this plant both in flower and in fruit in September in Zimbabwe. Additional citations: ZIMBABWE: Greenway 8809 (E--1748592); H. Wild 6740 (E--1781921). SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Fabes 828 (E--2792508). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: [7], fig. 24--27. 1955 (Ld). ERIOCAULON SUISHAENSE Hayata This taxon is now known as E, merrillii var. suishaense (Hayata) Chang, which see. ERIOCAULON SUMATRANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 81. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 315 & 605. 1980. ERIOCAULON TAKAE Koidz. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 458. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 301 & 605. 1980. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 69 Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Satake, Bull, Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: pl. 6, fig. 11. 1940 (Ld—photo of type); Koidz. in Matsum., Icon. Pl. Koisikav. 1: 157, pl. 79. 1913 (W). ERIOCAULON TANAKAE Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 81. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 301 & 605. 1980. ERIOCAULON TAQUETII H. Lecomte, Notul, Syst, 1: 192. 1909. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Notul, Syst. 1: 191 & 192. 1909; Mold., Phytologia 25: 81, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 299 & 605. 1980, The original publication of this binomial is often cited as "1910", but appears actually to have been published in 1909. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: H. Lecomte, Notul. Svecer ss 92e LOLO! (W)is ERIOCAULON TENUIFOLIUM Klotzsch Additional bibliography:Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih,. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 179. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 41: 458. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 115, 122, 142, & 605. 1980; Mold., Phyto- logia 53: 271 & 314, 1983. Recent collectors have described this plant as 30--40 cm, tall, the heads gray or grayish-white and "white-tomentose", the bracts green at the apex, and the anthers black, They have found it growing in moist sand among rocks, even referring to-it as "fre- quent or very common on wet savannas", at 100 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February and October. Huber refers to it as "casi dominante en sabana arenosa", The species is certainly very closely related to FE, atabapense Mold. of the same region, and the Huber 1529, cited below, was previously regarded by me as representing that taxon, Material of E. tenuifolium has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as Syngonanthus sp. as well as the very simi- lar E. atabapense Mold. On the other hand, the Goodland 515, Herb. Forest Dept. Br. Guian. G.641 [record 7656], Maas & Westra 4029, Maguire, Wurdack, & Keith 41890, Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 9177, and A. C,. Smith 2280, distributed as and previously cited by me as E, tenuifolium, seem better regarded as representing the very similar and closely related FE, kldétzschii Mold. Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: O, Huber 1529 (Ld), 1545 (Ld), 1597 (Ve), 1598 (Ld), 3086 (Ld); B. Maguire 29256 (N, Ve, W--2046473). State undetermined: Herb. Nac. Venez. SoMe (N). ERIOCAULON TENUIFOLIUM £. VIVIPARUM Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 458. 1979; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 142 & 605. 1980. ERIOCAULON TENUISSIMUM Nakai Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 36: 491. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 299 & 605. 1980. 70 Peo Yer OP Le ORG waa Vol. 54, No. 1 Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 31: 97, 1917 (W); Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: pl. 7, fig. 14. 1940 (Ld--photo of type). ERIOCAULON TEPICANUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 17. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 62 & 605. 1980. ERIOCAULON TEUSCZII Engl. & Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 458--459. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 212, 224, 226, 233, 235, 237, 240, 242, 404, & 605. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 53: 267 & 271. 1983. Giess describes this plant as having its peduncles (scapes) 5.8--8 cm. tall, the basal leaves 2--3.5 cm. long and 4 m, wide, the heads gray or black, 4 mm, in diameter, and the anthers black. He encountered it both in flower and fruit in April. Phillips describes the plant as 8 inches tall, with white "flowers", and found it growing in grass on wet grasslands, at 4000--4300 feet altitude, in both flower and fruit in June and July. Material of E. tevsczii has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as FE. amboense Schinz and E. aristatum H. Hess. Additional citations: MALAWI: E. Phillips 2531 (Ba--379219), 3492 (Ba--378962). NAMIBIA: Giess 15099 (Mu), 15193 (Mu), 15217 (Ld, Mu). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 128, fig. 1--3. 1955 (La). ERIOCAULON TEXENSE K8rn. Additional bibliography: Raf., Autikon Bot., imp. 1, 189 (1840) and imp. 2, 189. 1943; Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 505, 507, 508, 513, & 515, fig. 294. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 459, 1979; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Pl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 21 25, 41, 48, 404, & 605. 1980; Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 36. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 50: 236 (1982) and 53: 282 & 342. 1983. Additional illustrations: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 507, fig. 294. 1979. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in clumps in boggy areas near lakes, in boggy places of creek-bottoms, and on seepage slopes in longleaf pine areas, in both flower and fruit in May. Kral (1979) describes the species as "A clump former, peren- nating by means of short lateral offshoots". It seems very probable that Rafinesque (1840) included this spe- cies in the Texas portion of his description of FE. brevifolium Raf., although the New Jersey portion evidently applied to a form of E. pellucidum Michx. (cfr. under E. pellucidum). Material of E. texense has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E, compressum Lam., Lachnocaulon anceps (Walt.) Morong, and Lachnocaulon sp. Additional citations: ALABAMA: Washington Co.: R. Kral 26602 (Mi). LOUISIANA: Beauregard Par.: R. Kral 20158 (W--2470408); Kral & Ricks 16992 (W-—2470345). Sabine Par.: Carroll 1736 (Ne-- 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 71 181486). Vernon Par.: R. Kral 20078 (W——2470342); Kral & Ricks 16772 (W--2470343). TEXAS: Angelina Co.: Correll & Ogden 25168 (N). Henderson Co.: Correll, Correll, & Crutchfield 30952 (N). Houston Co.: E. J. Palmer 13185 (W--1602635). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA- TIONS: Kral, Sida 2: 304, 1966 (Ld); Kral in Godfrey & wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 507, fig. 294. 1979 (Ld). ERIOCAULON THAILANDICUM Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 493, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 285 & 605. 1980. ERIOCAULON THOUARSII H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 233. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 605. 1980. ERIOCAULON THUNBERGII Wikstr. This taxon is now reduced to synonymy under EF, latifolium J. E. Sm. ERIOCAULON THWAITESII Kbrn. Additional bibliography: Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. 29. 1923; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 160, 1930; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 376. 1941; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 111. 1959; Amaratunga, Ceyl. Journ, Sci. Biol. 12: 189. 1977; Mold., Phyto~ logia 41: 459. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262, 268, 404, & 605. 1980. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 202. 1921; Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. 29. 1923. Recent collectors have found this plant growing as a "weed" in unplowed paddy fields, at 40--1700 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in September. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Davidse & Sumithraarachchi 7956 (W--2808538); Huber 300 (W--2891318); Nooteboom & Huber 3139 (W--2757465). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Fyson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1914: 331. 1914 (W). ERIOCAULON TOFIELDIFOLIUM Schinz Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 234, 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 242, 245, & 605. 1980. Giess describes this plant as having peduncles (scapes) to 20 cm. tall, the basal leaves fleshy, to 8 cm. lorg and basally 1.5 cm. wide, and the flower-heads oval (not round), to 5 mm, long and 7 mm. wide. Additional citations: NAMIBIA: Giess 15231 (Mu). MOUNTED IL- LUSTRATIONS: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 265. 1955 (ld). ERIOCAULON TOGOENSE Mold. Additional bibliography: H. Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 1: 192. 1909; Mold., Phytologia 41: 459--462, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 200, 207, 210--212, 404, & 606. 1980. Additional citations: MALI: Soudan: Raynal & Raynal 5204 (Ld-- 72 Pee Vee OmGaiera: Vol. 54, eNoeel drawings). ERIOCAULON TONKINENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 83. 1972; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 292 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON TORTUOSUM F. Muell. Additional bibliography: T. B. Muir, Muelleria 2: 140. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 33: 17. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 336 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON TOUMOUENSE Mold. This taxon is now relegated to the synonymy of Mesanthemum albidum H. Lecomte, which see, ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 460. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 200, 205, 222, 224, 226, 233, 240, 245, 402, 404, 443, & 606. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 148, fig. 3. 1955 (Ld). ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM var. HANNINGTONII (N. E. Br.) Meikle Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 460. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 200, 205, 224, 226, 240, 402, 443, & 606. 1980. Katende encountered this plant in permanent swamps, at 1100 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in May. Additional citations: UGANDA: Katende K.1695 (E--2450519). ERIOCAULON TRILOBATUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 235. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 606. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: [23], fig. 3 (10--16). 1955 (Id). ERIOCAULON TRILOBATUM vare GLABRESCENS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 84, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON TRISECTOIDES Satake Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 84--85. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 257 & 606. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Satake in Hara, Bull, Univ. Mus. Univ. Tokyo 2: fig. 12, 1971 (Ld-——-photo of type). ERIOCAULON TRISECTUM Satake Synonymy: Eriocaulon nantoense var. trisectum (Satake) Chang, Fl. Taiwan 5: 187. 1978. Additional bibliography: Huang, Taiwania 15: 152, pl. 45, fig. 3. 1970; Mold., Phytologia 26: 465. 1973; Chang, Fl. Taiwan 5: [179] . 187 (1978) and 6: 654 & 663. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 304 & 06. 1980. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 73 Additional illustrations: Huang, Taiwania 15: 152, pl. 45, fig. 3. 1970. Chang (1978) avers that this species is endemic to wet lowlands on Taiwan, He cites Yamamoto 27309 and Yamamoto & Mori s.n. (the type collection). He states that "According to the original de- scription of Eriocaulon trisectum, the author claimed that it was close to E, nantoense, differing from it by the glabrous recep- tacle and deeply trifid apices of the staminate calyx. However, after examining the specimens of the two species, it was found that there is no difference between the two except for the glab- rous receptacles of the former." Huang (1970) illustrates the pollen grains of FE, trisectum and describes them as 23--24 mu wide, based on Hashioka s.n, and Hibino & al. s.n. from Taiwan, ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM Hamilt. Additional bibliography: Craib, Kew Bull, Misc. Inf. 1912: 421. 1912; Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. 26, 1923; Worsdell, Ind. Lond, Suppl. 1: 376. 1941; Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 293. 1961; Huang, Taiwania 15: 153. 1970; Soerjani in Vanshney & Rz6ska, Aquat. Weeds S. E. Asia 64. 1973; Holn, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 148, 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 460. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262, 268, 270, 272, 278, 281, 283; ‘285, *288; ‘289, 292; 293, 296, .298; 301, 304, 307, 315, 353, 401, & 606. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 53: 280, 293, & 462. 1983. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. 26. 1923. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a common annual herb under 6 inches tall with "black" heads and narrow basal leaves, growing in full exposure to the sun or in partial shade on dry ground and in sandy areas in semi-evergreen forests. They have al- so encountered it in shallow pools on mountain tops, on moist savannas over sandstone, and "common in moist grassy places", at 800—1300 m. altitude, flowering in July and September, in fruit in December, and in both flower and fruit in January and Septem- ber. Congdon refers to it as an herb, 16 cm. tall, common in damp ground in Thailand, with "white bracts", in both flower and fruit in August. Huang (1970) describes the pollen grains of EF. truncatum as 34 mu wide, on the basis of Yamamoto s.n. from Taiwan, Lecomte (1912) cites only Lecomte & Finet s.n. from Cambodia, unnumbered col- lections of Godefroy, of Pierre, and of Thorel from Cochinchina, and unnumbered collections of Balansa and of Bon from Tonkin, Vietnam. The Bernardi 15816, distributed as FE, truncatum, seems, rather, to be E, cinereum R. Br., while Faden & Faden 77/194 is E. quin- quangulare L,. Additional citations: INDIA: Karnataka: Jarrett & Saldanha HFP, 744 (ld); Jarrett, Saldanha, & Ramamoorthy HFP.675 (W--2797026); Saldanha 15328 (W--2797025). SRI LANKA: Nooteboom 3385 (E-- 2686502); Sohmer & Sumithraarachchi 9914 (E--2581977). CHINA: Ki- angsu: Chiao 22344 (It). THAILAND: Beusekom, Phengkglai, Geesink, & Wongwan 4590 in part (E--2359030). MALAYA: Singapore: J, Sinclair 74 Pal iver Or Os} GaAs Vol. 54, No. 1 6366 (W--2937277). TAIWAN: Boufford, Wood, & Lei 19444 (N); Congdon 869 (Ac). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Brunei: Van Niel 3474 (E--2403463). Sumatra: Toroes 4441 (Mi), 4572 (Mi), 5024 (Mi). NEW GUINEA: Territory of New Guinea: Pullen 6648 (E--2365381). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.—-Cult. 7: pl. 187. 1928 (Ld); Ridl., Journ. Fed. Mayal States Mus. 10: 155. 1920 (W). ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM var. DISEPALUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 85. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262, 268, 272, 296, & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM var. MALACCENSE Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 495. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 296 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM Vare QUADRICOSTATUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 86. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 293 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON TUBERIFERUM Kalkarni & Desai Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 18--19. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262 & 606. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kulkarni & Desai, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 67: 134/135, fig. 1--8. 1970 (Ld) and 71: 81, fig. 1--19. 1974 (1d). ERIOCAULON TUBIFLORUM Van Royen Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 19. 1976; Van Royen, Alpine Fl. N. Guin. 2: 824--826, fig. 281 A--F. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 326 & 606. 1980. Van Royen (1979) lists this species only from the Lake Habbema area of western New Guinea, where it inhabits boggy alpine grass- lands and the edges of pools and bogs, at 3225 m. altitude, flower- ing and fruiting in August. He cites as the holotype Brass 9288 in the New York Botanical Garden herbarium and nothing else. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Van Royen, Alpine Fl. N. Guin. 2: 824, fig. 281 A--F. 1979 (Ld). ERIOCAULON TUTIDAE Satake Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 36: 492. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 301 & 606. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 49: 181. 1974 (Ld--photo of type). ERIOCAULON TUYAMAE Satake Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 36: 492. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 290 & 606. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 49: 239, fig. 3 & 4. 1974 (Ld--photo of type). 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 75 ERIOCAULON UBONENSE H, Lecomte Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 41. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 286, 289, 293, & 606. 1980. Lecomte (1912) cites for this species only an unnumbered Pierre collection from Cambodia and a Thorel collection from Laos. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: H. Lecomte, Journ. de Bot. 21: 109, fig. 1. 1908 (W); Koyama, Philip. Journ. Sci. 84: pl. 5 C. 1956 (W). ERIOCAULON ULAEI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 36: 492--493. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 142, 404, & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON ULAEI var. RADIOSUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 36: 493. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 142 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON USSURIENSE KUrn. Additional & emended bibliography: Komarov & Klobukova-Alisova, Key Pl. Far East. USSR [Opred. Rast. Dal'nevosk,. Kr.] 1: 340, pl. 105. 1931; Vasinger-Alektorova, Bull. Appl. Bot. Leningrad 25 (4): 121. 1931; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 376. 1941; Mold., Phyto- logia 25: 86. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 198 & 606. 1980. Additional illustrations: Komarov & Klobukova-Alisova, Key Pl. Far East. USSR [Opred. Rast. Dal'Nevosk. Kr.] 1: pl.-105. 1931; Vasinger-Alektorova, Bull. Appl. Bot. Leningrad 25 (4): 121. 1931. ERIOCAULON VANHEURCKII Muell.-Arg. Additional & emended bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 139, 318, & 320, fig. 7 (1921) and 2: pl. 41. 1922; Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. pl. 41. 1923; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 376. 1941; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 111. 1959; Mold., Phytologia 29: 236. 1974; Bole & Almeida, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 74: 226. 19773 Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262, 267, & 606. 1980. Additional & emended illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 139, fig. 7 (1921) and 2: pl. 41. 1922; Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. pl. 41. 1923. Santapau & Shah (1969) record this species from Salsette Island, India. Additional citations: INDIA: Maharashtra: Vartak RD.27 (Ld). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 318. 1921 (W). ERIOCAULON VANHEURCKII £, MINIMUM Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 87. 1972; Bole & Almeida, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 74: 227. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262. 1980. ERIOCAULON VAUPESENSE Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 87. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 108 & 606. 1980. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Schultes, Baker, & Cab- rera 18274 (W--2198898--isotype). 76 PeHOY TOME) ONG WEA Vol, 54, Now 2 ERIOCAULON VITTIFOLIUM H. Lecomte This taxon is now regarded as a synonym of EF, latifolium J. E. Sm., which see. ERIOCAULON VOLKENSII Engl. Additional bibliography: Ruhl., Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Zentral- afr. Exped. 2 (1): 57--58. 1910; Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 24 [sere 2, 9]: 247. 1911; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 10. 1913; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 550. 1913; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 1387. 1916; Mold., Phytologia 29: 237. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 224, 226, 230, & 606. 1980. Wilde has encountered this plant growing in small, open, peaty places, at 4000 m. altitude. He describes it as forming mats and dense clumps and as having hard, coriaceous, bright-green leaves and grayish inflorescences, Additional citations: ETHIOPIA: Wilde 9068 (E--2261724). ERIOCAULON WALKERI Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 461. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 268 & 606. 1980. Townsend has found this plant in both flower and fruit in March. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Townsend 73/261 (Ac). ERIOCAULON WELWITSCHII Rendle Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 495. 1976; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 200, 227, 233, 235, 237, 242, 245, 404, & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON WHANGII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 42. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 278 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON WIGHTIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. pl. 21 & 22. 1923; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 376. 1941; Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 293. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 41: 461. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262, 268. 270, 272, 274, 275, 286, 404, & 606. 1980. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. pl. 21 & 22. 1923. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. Pl, 3: 568. 1841 (W); Mart. in Wall., Pl. As. Rar. 3: 29. 1832 (W). ERIOCAULON WIGHTIANUM var, HELFERI Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 293. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 29: 238. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 274 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON WIGHTIANUM £, VIVIPARUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 88. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 262 & 606. 1980. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 77 ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 1: 268. 1860; Mold., Phytologia 41: 461. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250, Po2eeeOs, (2755) 2ih4s 2785, 283, 286, *289:, £295 n296 50307), 31LE S15, 320, 326, 336, 402--404, & 606. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 253 (1982) and 53: 473 & 474. 1983. Recent collectors have encountered this plant among grasses in ricefields in hilly country and in marshes at 15--1800 m. alti- tude, in flower in August and both in flower and fruit in Febru- ary, June, and October. They refer to it as an herb to 35 cn, tall, the flower-heads semi-globose, the bracts "powdery-white", and the seeds elliptic, with hairy ribs. Fosberg, in Madagascar, reports the species "common in open wet places in dense forests of small trees on rolling white sand, the stems erect" and "occasional in marshy seeps on gentle slopes with Sphagnum [this collection exhibits remarkably short leaves and may actually represent E. sexangulare L.]". In Papua Pullen re- fers to it as a "locally common erect tussocky herb with scapes rising to 27 inches tall, the leaf base rather fleshy, and the flower-heads white" and found it growing in thin sand of open seasonally wet grass-sedge plain over clay. In Sumatra it is de- scribed as forming tussocks, the inflorescence emergent and whit- ish, in half-shaded damp places by pools with water to 25 cm. deep over a peaty botton, Miquel (1860) records the vernacular name, "rompot-krah", for this plant, Lecomte (1912) cites for this species only unnumbered collec- tions of Lefevre, of Pierre, and of Thorel from Cochinchina and of Alleizette from Tonkin, Vietnam, Material of E, willdenovianum has been misidentified and dis- tributed in many herbaria as the very similar FE. sexangulare L, On the other hand, the Ahmad SA.1407 and Sinclair 4977, distributed as E, willdenovianum, actually are FE. sexangulare L., while Cush- ing & Cushing 356 and Volkens 406 are E, sexangulare var. micro- nesicum Mold, Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Fosberg 52535 (W--2922838), 52555 (W--2922822),. SRI LANKA: Bremer & Bremer 816 (W-——2877268). THAILAND: Congdon 989 (Ac); Koyama, Phengklai, O'Connor, & Niyond- ham 15229 (Ac, N). MALAYA: Singapore: J. Sinclair 8732 (W--2937281). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sumatra: Wilde & Wilde-Duyfjes 19126 (E-- 2940228). NEW GUINEA: Papua: Pullen 7154 (E--2365374). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mold. in Humbert, Fl, Madag. 36: 14 & 15, fig. 21--27. 1955 (Ld). ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM var. FERGUSONII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 461. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 268, 404, & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM f£, VIVIPARUM Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 491, 495, & 496, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 296, 315, & 606. 1980. 78 PHHAY ALLOA), .O4G AD 2A Vol. 54, No. 1 ERIOCAULON WILLIAMSII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 89, 1972; Mold., Phytol, Mem, 2: 74, 83, & 606. 1980. Whitefoord encountered this plant in damp sand along paths through secondary vegetation in Belize, describing the leaves as green and the inflorescences as gray. Additional citations: BELIZE: Whitefoord 2376 (N). ERIOCAULON WOODII N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 496. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 224, 237, 245, & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON WOODII var. MINOR Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 89, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 245 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON WOODSONIANUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 89, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 83 & 606. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an herb with white flower-heads and have found it growing in "wet areas with standing water and mud", in both flower and fruit in February. The Stern & al. 1701 collection bears a label reading "voucher specimen for wood USw", obviously in error. Additional citations: PANAMA: Herrera: Stern, Eyde, & Ayensu 1701 (E--2773097). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Mold. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 27: 268--269. 1940 (W). ERIOCAULON XENOPODION T. Koyama Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 461. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 286 & 606. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: T. Koyama, Philip. Journ, Sci. 84: pl. 4. 1956 (Ld, W). ERIOCAULON XERANTHEMUM Heyne ex Mart. in Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: I) USS WE Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon xeranthemum Mart. apud Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 555. 1841. Additional bibliography: H. Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 1: 192. 1909; Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. 28. 1923; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 376. 1941; Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 293. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 41: 453 & 461--462. 1979; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 257, 262, 270, 273, 286, 296, 315, 404, & 606. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 53: 348.& 469, 1983. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Indian Sp. Erioc. 28. 1923. Padhye reports that this is a plant of high altitudes. Materi- al of it has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E, sedgwickii Fyson. Additional citations: INDIA: Maharashtra: Padhye 9 (Ld). MOUN- TED CLIPPINGS: Dalz,, Journ. Bot. Kew Misc. 3: 281. 1851 (W); Mart. in Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 29. 1832 (W). 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 79 ERIOCAULON YAOSHANENSE Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 42. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 279 & 606. 1980. ERIOCAULON YOSHINOI Nakai Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 89, 1972; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 301 & 606. 1980, ERIOCAULON YUNNANENSE Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 89, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 279 & 606. 1980, Forrest found this plant growing in moist pastures, in both flower and fruit in May, describing it as 10—20 inches tall, with grayish-white flowers. Additional citations: CHINA: YlUnnan: Forrest 7878 (Ba), 8454 (Ba) © ERIOCAULON ZAMBESIENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 41: 462. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 212, 222, 227, 235, 239, & 606. 1980. Wilde encountered this plant, in Ethiopia, along small creeks and in open places in marshy land with muddy soil or in shallow, slowly streaming water, at 1800 m. altitude, both in flower and fruit in February, describing it as having white roots and grayish- white inflorescences, Additional citations: ETHIOPIA: Wilde 9260 (E--2265833), 10148 (E--2256273). ERIOCAULON ZOLLINGERIANUM K8rn. Additional bibliography: Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Mold., Phytologia 41: 462. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 286, 293, 307, 315, 326, & 606. 1980, Lecomte (1912) cites for this species only an unnumbered Pierre collection from Cochinchina, Vietnam, and one of Thorel from Laos. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7: 17, fig. 2. 1912 (Ld). ERIOCAULON ZYOTANII Satake Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 34: 497. 1976; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 63: 2461, 1977; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 301, 310, & 606. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Satake, Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus. 4: pl. 11, fig. 3. 1940 (Ld—photo of type). LACHNOCAULON Kurth Additional & emended bibliography: Endl., Spl. 2: 12. 1842; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 1: 407 (1842) and 2: 312. 1843; Spach, Vég. Phan. 13: 140. 1846; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (1): 5, 6, & 15. 1874; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 454. 1888; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 312 & 623. 1904; Lotsy, Vortr. Bot. Stammesges. 3 (1): 707. 1911; J.C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 5, 359 (1925), ed. 6, imp. 1, 359 80 PH Yael) TONG 3G 74 Vol. 54, No. 1 (1931) and ed. 6, imp. 2, 259. 1948; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 405 & 800. 1951; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 6, imp. 3, 359 (1951) and ed. 7, 418 & 611. 1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind, Kew. 103 & 270. 1970; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl. , imp. 2, 405 & 800. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292 & 389. 1974; Thanikai- moni, Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. 13: 129 & 285. 1976; Giulietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: 63. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni, Revist. Bras. Bot. 1: [59]. 1978; Benson, Pl. Classif., ed. 2, 373. 1979; Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 503, 518, & 520--529, fig. 302--307. 1979; Mold., Phytolo- gia 41: 411, 419, 459, 462--467, & 508 (1979), 42: 41 & 507 (1979), and 45: 40 & 507. 1980; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 14, 16--19, 22, 25, 26, 32, 41, 48, 89, 91, 213, 413, & 606--607. 1980; Duncan & Kor- tesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 36. 1981; Geesink, Leeuwenb., Ridsdale, & Veldkamp, Thonn. Analyt. Key 11. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 50: 234, 236, 261, & 508 (1982) and 52: 111 & 112. 1982; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla. 125--126. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 52: 506 (1983) and 53: 280, 286, 344, 463, & 504. 1983. The Correll, Correll, & Crutchfield 30952, distributed as Lachnocaulon sp., actually is Friocaulon texense KUrn., while Poole 1616 is Paepalanthus subtilis Miq. Wunderlin (1982) provides a very useful key to the Florida species: 1.Trichomes of apex of receptacular bracts opaque white; head appearing gray to white. 2. Leaves narrowly linear; mature heads 3.5--4 mm. wide; seeds smooth, lustrouS.ccccccccccccccccesccccceele Leyrichianum. 2a. Leaves linear; mature heads 4--7 mm. wide; seeds with distinct longitudinal lines, dull....ccccccceccccele 2NCeps. la. Trichomes of apex of receptacular bracts translucent; head showing brown color of bractlets. 3. Scapes with ascending hairs; heads dull gray—browne.cccccces Oc cecccccccccccecccccccccccccesesocccoceccecesoss De minus 3a. Scapes glabrous; heads red-brown or chocolate—brown.ececccee sleleiclolcisiclclelcicleialcicialelelel etelelaiclatclalelelcieieleleialatclelalslelelele aiet ie engleri. LACHNOCAULON ANCEPS (Walt.) Morong Additional & emended bibliography: Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (1): 5. 1874; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292 & 389 (1974) A.31: 17. 1978; Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 520, 521, 523, 524, & 529, fig. 303. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 459, 462--464, & 466. 1979; Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept., imp. 2, [ed. Ewan], 92. 1979; J. T. & R. Kortesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 14, 16-19, 22, 25, 26, 32, 41, 48, 91, 413, & 606. 1980; Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 36. 1981; Mold., Pkhytologia 50: 234 & 236 (1982) and 52: 111--113. 1982; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla. 125 & 126. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 53: 280. 1983. Additional illustrations: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 523, fig. 303. 1979. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Friocaulaceae 81 Recent collectors describe this plant as growing "in large clumps in sand", "in clumps on savannas", in "broad shallow road- side ditches with Carex longii, C. vexans, and Juncus elliottii", in "savanna-evergreen shrub bog areas", in flatwoods ditches, in sandy peat in pineland bogs and recently burned bogs, in sandy- peaty bogs on pine-palmetto flats, in seepage bogs on sandy peat, in exposed wet sand of seepage bogs, in sandy peat of cypress-gum flatwoods, in hillside bogs on longleaf -pine-covered hills, and around small lakes, describing the heads as grayish, in both flower and fruit from April to June and August, Wunderlin (1982) refers to the species as common on the margins of ponds and in wet pinelands throughout central Florida. He follows Kral in reducing L. floridanum Small and L. glabrum KUrn. to synonymy under L. anceps. Haynes refers to it as "abundant in wet soil of road embankments" in Alabama, One plant of the Thomas & Grelen 71890 collection, cited below, exhibits viviparous fruiting-heads! Material of Lachnocaulon anceps has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as Eriocaulon cinereum R. Br. On the other hand, the Gregory & Eiten 23 and Kral 20204 & 28694, dis- tributed as typical L. anceps, actually represent its f. glabres- cens Mold., while Kral 17855, 17969, & 18418 are L, glabrum KUrn, Thomas, Allen, & Bot. 403 Class 47817 is Eriocaulon cinereum R,. Br,, and Carroll 1736 is E. texense KUrn. Additional citations: VIRGINIA: Greensville Co.: Smith & Hodg- don Pl, Exsicc. Gray. 1028 (It, Mi). James City Co.: Baldwin 17221 (Ne--125572). Prince George Co.: Fernald, Long, & Smart 5698 (It). NORTH CAROLINA: Beaufort Co.: Wiegand & Manning 682 (It). Bladen Co.: R. Kral 14672 (Mi), 27185 (Mi). Brunswick Co.: Thomas & Bio. 451 Class 53100 (Ne--134247). Carteret Co.: Marx 2983 (Ne--124147). Columbus Co.: Rodgers, Compton, Green, & Hudson 73501 (Ne--83566). Lenoir Co.: Randolph & Randolph 785 (It). Moore Co.: Wiegand & Manning 683 (It). New Hanover Co.: Sieren 288 (Ne--105944), 1323 (Ne--134946). Onslow Co.: Biernacki 400 (N); Randolph & Randolph 947 (It); Thomas & Bio. 451 Class 53061 (Ne-~139201). Richmond Co,: Wiegand & Manning 684 (It). Scotland Co.: Wiegand & Manning 685 CLE). SOUTH CAROLINA: Albemarle Co.: K, Hunt 33b (It). Chester- field Co.: Radford 12435 (Mi). Georgetown Co.: Godfrey & Tryon 51 (It). Hampton Co.: Wiegand & Manning 686 (It). GEORGIA: Baker Co.: Thorne 4851 (It). Berrier Co.: R. Kral 24253 (Mi). Calhoun Co.: Thorne 4571 (It), 4684 (It). Charlton Co.: Wright, Wright, Harper, & Pirnie 129 (It). Clay Co.: Thorne 3669 (It). Colquitt Co.: R. Kral 24231 (Mi). Cook Co.: R. Kral 24237 (Mi). Decatur Co.: Thorne & Muenscher 7857 (It); Thorne, Muenscher, & Smith 3021 (It). Dodge Co.: R. Kral 28744 (Mi). Early Co.: Thorne 4070 (It). Lanier Co.: R. Kral 24266 (Mi). Liberty Co.: R. Kral 24211 (Mi). Lowndes Co.: Breland s.n. [13 May 1970] (Ne--120653); Rowley 7 (Ne--120632). Macon Co.: Pyron & McVaugh 498 (It). Miller Co.: Thorne 4426 (It). Ware Co.: R. Kral 19236 (Mi). FLORIDA: Baker Co.: MacDaniels s.n. [April 13, 1936] (It). Bay Co.: R. Kral 15657 (Mi), 15668 (Mi). Bradford Co.: Wiegand & Manning 687 (It). Duval Co.: Curtiss 3021 (It), 4861 (It); R. Kral 18568 (Mi). [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "PLANTS OF THE BIBLE -— A Complete Handbook to All the Plants with 200 Full-Color Plates Taken in the Natural Habitat" by Michael Zohary, 223 pp., 6 color maps & 200 plant photos. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London, & New York, Nees O02 2 em LOS 2 L983. ps6. Ode Publishing this short review on this excellent publication gives my husband and myself the opportunity to thank Professor Zohary* publically for the Hebrew language and Biblical and local flora information which he shared with us over three decades ago when we were preparing our own book on Bible plants. He has con- tinued to work in this and other fields as head of the Botany De- partment of the Hebrew University in Jerusalem and in his studies of the Negev of the past and the present with the hope of reacti- vating some of the ancient water sources, There is agreement with us on the identity of most of the plants involved. Some plants can never be named definitely. English Bible translations did not appear until after the invention of the printing press but before the naming phase in the development of botany with Linnaeus' work of 1753. The unnamed forbidden fruit of the Garden of Eden is mentioned in the chapter on apples and there is no chapter on apricots. We are not sure that we can follow the author on this identification for the reasons stated in our book. His book has excellent color photographs of the Biblical plants as they grow today, ecological colored maps and descriptions of vegetal landscapes of Biblical times. * We regret to announce that Dr. Zohary died recently. His many botanical studies alone are lasting monuments to his devoted ser- vice to mankind. “AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT IN CHINA, JAPAN AND KOREA" edited by Chi-ming Hu & Tzong-shian Yu, xiv & 877 pp., 221 b/w tab. & 65 fig., distributed for the Institute of Economica, Academia Sinica (Taipei, Taiwan, Republic of China) by the University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1983. $40.00. The title of this book was the topic of a conference held in Taipei at the Academia Sinica in 1980. The important lead article is by T. W. Schultz on "The Economics of Agricultural Productivity in Low Income Countries" and stresses many of the points made in his Nobel Laureate speech in 1979. "Differences in the agricultur- al achievements among Asian countries is instructive. Japan has over-achieved in rice production: South Korea fairly well in rice: Philippines modernizing parts: Taiwan one of the best: West Malay- sia in palm fruit remarkable but Nigeria a failure: India far ahead 82 1983 Moldenke, Book reviews 83 with many more skilled agricultural scientists than mainland China. The major unsolved problem is the tendency to over- organize and over-control agricultural research from the top." There are 3 technical papers on Japan, 3 on Korea, 6 on mainland China from the traditional tenure systems to that in the Four Modernizations, 9 on Taiwan which is insularly land-limited, has been stable politically, has been having rapid industrial and eco- nomic expansion while its small-sized farms have increased yields but at a slower pace, and finally 2 on agricultural comparisons among Japan, Taiwan and South Korea and also between mainland China and Taiwan. These papers have been carefully researched, well documented and effectively presented, making this book a valuable addition to the libraries of agricultural schools, uni- versities, working agricultural and political institutes, etc. "IMPATIENS OF AFRICA - Morphology, Pollination and Pollinators, Ecology, Phytogeography, Hybridisation, Keys and a Systematic Treatment of All the African Species, with a Note on Collec- ting and Cultivation" by A. Grey-Wilson, ix & 235 pp., 52 color photos on 8 unnumb. pl., 170 b/w fig., 128 geog. dis- trib. maps & 7 tab. A. A. Balkema Publishers, P. 0. Box 1675, Rotterdam, Netherlands and Merrimac Book Service, Salem, New Hampshire 03079. 1980. Hfl. 125 or £27.80 or $58.00. The author, on the staff at Kew, covers effectively and in- terestingly all of the topics mentioned in the subtitle ina highly informative and beautifully illustrated format for the 109 species recognized by him. Even the keys to the species have the distinguishing characteristics illustrated. A world distribution map (on p. 42) shows "suggested evolutionary migration routes of Impatiens distribution of linear-fruited species and distribution of fusiform-fruited species." An appendix explains how to pre- pare herbarium specimens because the flowers so often have ended up as dried blobs. Another appendix enumerates the horticultural possibilities of these attractive flowers and easily cutting- proliferating plants, What a successful metamorphosis of a limitedly available Ph.D. dissertation to an easily available, reasonably priced book is now available to folks and institutions with any or many kinds of botanical and/or horticultural interest! "BOTANICAL DERMATOLOGY. Plants and Plant Products Injurious to the Skin" by John Mitchell & Arthur Rook, xiii & 787 pp., 5 b/w fig. & 14 tab. Greengrass, Vancouver, Canada or Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106. 1979. $39.50. Very effective subject matter organization makes readily avail- able tons of medical, biochemical, pharmaceutical and botanical information through cause-effect relationships. Irritant, allergic and cross-sensitivity contact dermatitic situations can be caused by many kinds ‘of plants due to mechanical injuries and to trauma 84 P HSYeT OsLsOrG TA Vol. 54, No. 1 from cuts, occupational] marks, thorns, plant hairs, exposure as in phytophotodermatitis, etc. After each of these and other pathological descriptions are described possible causal organisms with explanations. The conditions are arranged (in left-hand columns) so that they can match the plant organisms involved with substantiating literature. The plant species are listed alpha- betically under their also alphabetically listed genera and families. Airy Shaw's 8th edition of Willis' "Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns" serves as the taxonomic guide, This beok is valuable not only to the medical profession and its trainees but also to related biological sciences and their trainees, "LOOKING FAR NORTH - The Harriman Expedition to Alaska 1899" by William H. Goetzmann & Kay Sloan, xxv & 244 pp., 62 b/w photos, 2 maps & 2 fig. Princeton University Press, Prince- ton, New Jersey 08540. [1982] 1983. $8.95 paperbound. This is a wonderful report about an even more wonderful scientific expedition hosted by the railroad magnate-financier- philanthropist Edward H. Harriman (in response to his physician's serious admonition to "rest") with 10 family members and ser- vants, 26 scientists (including George Grinnell, William Trelease, L. Agassiz Fuertes, John Muir, John Burroughs, B. Fernow) and many assistants, 3 artists, 3 physicians and a nurse, 2 photo- graphers, 1 chaplain, 2 stenographers, and 65 ship's officers and crew. First there was the cross-country Pullman train trip to Seattle with stops for interesting sights and sites and then the embarking in the luxurious Elder for Skagway and even a touch in Siberia. This expedition produced such valuable scientific contributions in the 13 volumes of its "Reports" as descriptions and illustrations of hundreds of new plant and animal species, charted waters and islands, and detailed glacier studies, Since Edward, Harriman's personal papers were fire-destroyed, this book's authors’ very diligent research of other sources resulted in a very interesting text of the personal inter-living and scientific sights and collections on the trip. The photographs are also very interesting, even if a little less clear than in the hard cover edition. "LUCRARILE GRADINII BOTANICE DIN BUCURESTI" Acta Botanica Horti Bucurestiensis 1981-1982, 288 pp., 69 b/w photos, 5 maps, 25 fig., 23 line draw., 26 tab. Universitatea din Bucuresti, Gradina Botanica, Soseana Cotrocenl nr. 32 Codg 76258, Bucuresti 15, Republica Socialista Romania. 1982. This volume is composed of 27 papers in Romanian, French, Ger- man or English on a wide range of topics such as: the rare trees, certain varieties of roses and tropical aquatics cultivated in this garden, chromosome numbers, chromatin ultra-structure, the hundred-year-old herbarium, pollen morphology in the Empetraceae 1983 Moldenke, Book reviews 85 and cartography of medicinal flora. "A COLOUR ATLAS OF FLOWERING TREES AND SHRUBS" by V. Csapody & I. Téth, 311 pp. & 141 multispecimen color pl, Académiai Kiadé, H-1363 Budapest, P. 0. Box 24, Republica Socialista Hungarica, 1982. $44.00. This selection of 608 species and varieties of arborescent plants cultivated in central Europe "acquaints the reader with those trees and shrubs that are hardy in the open" and "gives in- formation on their behaviour in Hungary or in the neighbouring countries."' The printing is not up to the quality now expected from western presses, but the accuracy of the paintings very definitely is. The left-hand page has the names and descriptive text for the various colored paintings on the right-hand page. These horticultural species and cultivars are known over much of the temperate world, giving this attractive book a wide interest range. "ANTARCTIC WILDLIFE" photographs by Eric Hosking & text by Bryan Sage, 160 pp., 130 color photos, 12 b/w photos, 1 map & 2 tab. Facts on File, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1982, $22.95. Awe-inspiringly beautiful - must be the verdict for this book, for this nearly pristine area, for the amazing creatures that live at least part of their annual life cycles, with birthing or hatching of their young, under these frigid conditions, for the superb photography and for the informative descriptive text. One appendix lists in tabular form the distribution of breeding birds of the Continental and the Maritime Antarctic and another does so for the Subabtarctic Islands. There is a "how to" chapter on wildlife photography in this Antarctic wonderland. For the bird- lover, for the armchair traveler, for those who have been there and appreciate recall, for those planning such a visit and appre- ciate informed appreciation, and for both the young and the old, this book will prove most gratifying. "NEMATODES IN SOIL ECOSYSTEMS" edited by Diana W. Freckman, xiv & 206 pp., 58 b/w fig., 15 tab. & 1 photo. University of Texas Press, P. 0. Box 7819, Austin, Texas 78712. 1982. $20.00. This book has been printed by photo-offset from very neat copy. Besides a foreword, a preface and a question-answer discussion, it consists of ten papers under the headings of (1) Primary Con- sumption, (2) Decomposition and (3) Synthesis and Validation by modelling. It stresses the taking of wet-soil samples no less than once a month since these tiny different creatures may have from one to eight generations a year. There is a very helpful figure of eight different "head" structures associated with feeding 86 PH Ys lO) LaOnG siaA Vol. 54, No. 1 material. "Nematodes feed on living protoplasm and so none are known to be saprophagic."" There are (1) facultative migratory and obligate sedentary endo- and ectoparasites of roots, (2) mic= robivores on bacteria, etc., (3) fungivores on mycelia, (4) omni- vores consuming various fungi, bacteria, algae, protozoans and rotifers, and (5) predators feeding on other nematodes, enchy- traeids, tardigrades and protozoa. There is much important material contained within this book. "BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE SUBSTANCES: EXPLORATION AND EXPLOITATION" edited by D. A. Hems, xxviii & 309 pp., 72 b/w fig., 22 photos & 46 tab. John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10158. LOT iTe These well prepared, printed and illustrated papers pay tribute to the authors’ mentor and admired friend, Sir Ernst Chain, of bacterial and mold protein and RNA fame, upon the occasion of his 70th birthday. "Throughout his long scientific career Sir Ernst has shown a genius for selecting topics which have not only been of scientific interest but also of great practical value for the welfare of mankind." Among the 14 papers are: Biosynthesis of B-Lactan Antibiotics, Biochemical Engineering in the Produc-— tion of Fungal Metabolites, Fusicoccin Phytotoxins, Liver Metabo- lism in Diametes, and Metabolic Approaches to Myocardial Infarc- tion, "BIRDS OF THE WORLD: A CHECKLIST" by James Clements, xxxviii & 562 pp. & end—page colored major faunal regions maps of the world. Facts on File, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1981. $24.95. This is a third edition, not so mentioned in the title, but so indicated in the Acknowledgments. Taxonomically it basically follows the Morony, Bock & Farrand list from the American Museum of Natural History but it adds most used common names and ranges, thus making it usable by many more ornithologists and bird watchers. "Of the 9,198 birds included in this edition, Morony and I concur on 9,022......Since birds pay no attention to polit- ical boundaries, I have tried to use the geographic range. There are brief, straight-forward instructions for using this guide and interpreting its taxonomic computer coding as "01 01 001" for Order Struthioformes, Family Struthionidae (Ostrich), and Struthio camelus (Ostrich) through "28 79 110" for Order Passeriformes, Family Corvidae (Crows and Jays), Corvus crassi- rostris (Thick-billed Raven) for which (as for each other) local- ity is given as "Mountains and high plateaus of Eritrea, Ethiopia". There is lined space above for individual date and location records, This work should prove to be a great asset to all with a serious interest in birds, 1983 Moldenke, Book reviews 87 } "ALPINE FLORA OF KASHMIR HAMALAYA" by Uppeandra Dhar & P. Kachroo, xv & 280 pp., 1 color & 23 b/w photo., 6 tab., 21 fig. & 115 geog. distrib. maps, Scientific Publishers, Man Bhawan, Jodhpur 342001, India. 1983. Rs.200 or $45.00. The contents of this book are particularly well prepared and well presented, Introductory chapters deal with the alpine habit and habitat generally and specifically, the area's geology, cli- mate and general vegetation, its extinct and extant flora with floristic analyses, and distribution patterns of plant families and their genera. Then follow keys to the genera and species with publication data for the names, simple descriptive notes and her- barium specimen collection data, The very useful and clear geo- graphical distribution maps for well over 200 species cover either the whole Himalayan area or the Eurasian area where pertinent. The earlier and more recent phytogeographical literature is given important consideration, The printing of the text and of the photographs could have been improved by more careful proof- reading for clarity, but the authors" contributions are of high caliber. "FLORA OF CONNEMARA AND THE BURREN" by D. A. Webb & Mary J. P. Scannell, xlv & 332 pp., 4 color pl., 25 b/w photo. & 4 maps. Royal Dublin Society & Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1983. $69.50. In the fine tradition of the previously published county floras of the British Isles but abiding by approximate borders, this ex- cellent book has introductory chapters on the 8 districts in- volved, geology and soil, climate and notes on habitats, vegetation since tne last glaciation, pollen records and history of the knowledge of the flora collected by professional botanists and by amateurs, The body of the work is arranged taxonomically by families with the scientific names and authorities, only common synonyms, common English and Irish names not used also for other plants, numbered location spots on the geographical maps as well as the place names, details of the first recorded collection and ecological notes, There are short chapters on marine and fresh- water algae, lichens, hepatics and pteridophytes. The format makes this very fine book easily usable either with or without an accom- panying systematic flora. "LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE - A Manual of Site Planning and Design" - Second Edition by John Ormsbee Simonds, ix & 331 pp., 214 b/w photo., 303 fig., 1 map & 8 tab. McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1983. $37.50. The reader, careful student, or architectural building and area planner and contractor should "gain through this [outstanding] book a more keen and telling awareness of our physical surroundings,... useful knowledge to be applied in the design of homes, schools, 88 P Hey 0) LOkG sEeA Vol. 54, No. 1 recreation areas, shopping malls, trafficways.....or any other project to be fitted into, and planned in harmony with, the all- embracing landscape." The author knows whereof he writes because of his long and highly successful professional life as teacher, author and landscape architect. The first edition of 1961 was a highly successful trailblazer in its emphasis on adjusting archi- tectural needs to the environment and to human requirements for efficiency and peaceful working and living conditions. "ADVENTURES WITH INSECTS" by Richard Headstrom, 221 pp. & 306 b/w fig. Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. 10014. 1982. $4.50 paperbound. This "is an unabridged replication of the work originally pub- lished in 1963 by J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia. The listing of biological supply houses has been brought up to date." This is a charming, easily read, absorbingly interesting book to put into the hands of a youngster, a recent retiree interested in his back yard, any person who wants to learn about the other living forms around him (or her) in an easy fashion, a teacher who wants to share wonder with little ones or even with biology stu- dents who have missed really seeing the "out-of-doors". The many clear drawings in the 39 chapters illustrate how some pumping stations operate, how some masons work, also tent-makers, en- gravers, case-makers, subterranean dwellers, etc. "IN THE SHADOW OF MAN" with text by Jane Goodall and photographs by Hugo van Lawick, xx & 297 pp. & 64 b/w unnumbered pl. with 84 photos, 1 map & 22 line draw. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts 02108. 1983. $9.95 paperbound. Much of these wonderful photographs and descriptive text we had marvelled at over a score of years ago in National Geographic articles with the added embellishment of full color and/or we re- member the’ hardcover original edition by the same printers in 1971 and the more recent educational nature films prepared for television Now we are fortunate to have available this reprint with its thrill- ing, scientifically accurate, pioneering, intimate observations of groups of chimpanzees in their normal living in their native habi- tat in an area now set aside as the Gombe Stream Research Centre on Lake Tanganyika in Tanzania. Dr. Goodall pleads for proper care for these wonderful animals when they are captives in zoos or in laboratories where confinement alone within small areas is as stul- tifying to them as jailing in solitary confinement is to humans. by “ PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication i A Ee a Be Ee eee ~ Vol. 54 October 1983 No. 2 : FIFTIETH JUBILEE YEAR . CONTENTS p 3 BAILEY, D. K., A new allopatric segregate from and a new bination in Pinus cembroides Zucc. at its southern \ DALESTARP RE eS A CUIIA & Bi comstinss she Sours nid ow AER WHT ame ol aR 89 — LIOGIER, Ee INV IRISES ARMING Oo Tia VOSS Ges iene 4s ucan w srae ae 101] - HOLMES, W., Studies on Mikania (Compositae). IX ..........0.0204. 115 : TURNER, B. L., A new Porophyllum (Asteraceae: Tageteae) from WEMMIIT EN DACKION. © 3S 5s alee while F os, hie dale gape eid ele d 119 ~MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CLXX ..... 121 = MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XC ...... 121 LOURTEIG, A., Nomenclatura plantarum americanarum II. RA SIME TRIE CRBE scr O70 tata ecu ms tees + hike ps ay BGS COR RKO Rad wo aot ce 152 BMIOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews.........50.0c0 ce cn daceeebudeces 157 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Maldenke 7 1993 303 Parkside Road CNG BAY Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 VEW YORK U.S.A. BOTANICAL GARDE 4 Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $13.00 in advance or $14.00 after _ close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic _ dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost Ri in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following i number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is a received after a volume is closed. A NEW ALLOPATRIC SEGREGATE FROM AND A NEW COMBINATION IN PINUS CEMBROIDES ZUCC. AT ITS SOUTHERN LIMITS D. K. Bailey University of Colorado Museum Boulder, Colorado 80309 INTRODUCTION Pinus cembroides Zucc, has, during the past decade, been the object of considerable attention, A geographical distribution map for P, cembroides Zucc, sensu lato was published earlier by Critch- field and Little (1966), Working northward from the southern region of the distribution in central Mexico, Robert has segregated Pinus johannis (Robert, 1978) and later Pinus catarinae and Pinus cembroi- des var, lagunae (Robert-Passini, 1981), P, catarinae Robert-Passini was based on a collection from a site studied earlier by Bailey (v. Bailey and Wendt, 1979) and is clearly identical with the earlier- published Pinus remota Bailey & Hawksworth (1979). It must therefore be considered a synonym (v. Bailey and Hawksworth, 1983). During the same period Bailey, with principal collaborators Hawksworth and Zavarin, has been working southward from the northern region of the distribution in southwestern U. S. A. and northern Mexico. As a result of these collaborative studies, the earlier segregates, Pinus cembroides var, remota Little (1966) and Pinus cembroides var, bi- | color Little (1968), were elevated to specific status as P, remota care Bailey & Hawksworth and P, discolor Bailey & Hawksworth 1979 Recent studies disclose an additional segregate, proposed as subsp. orizabensis, at the extreme southern limits of P. cembroides s. lat., and indicate a need to elevate var, lagunae, found only in a limited area at the southern end of the peninsula of Lower Cali- fornia, to subspecific rank, Justifications additional to those published earlier for the reduction to synonymy of P. catarinae, and those now given for the establishment of the two taxa described below, including full details of chemical studies, further details of needle morphology, and interpretations, are in draft form and are planned for early publication by Zavarin, Snajberk and Bailey. The purpose of this report is to propose names and preferable ranks. 1, PINUS CEMBROIDES subsp. ORIZABENSIS D. K. Bailey subsp. nov. Pinus cembroides auct. pro parte, non Zucc, Pinus cembroides Gordon Arbor ab 8 usque ad 10 m alta, similis Pino cembroidei, foliis tamen praecipue 3, nonnullis 4, rarissime 2 per fasciculum, 4 - 6 cm longis; fasciculi 1.3 usque 2.0 mm lati; paginae dorsales obscuro-virides, ventrales glaucae;: stomata in utraque pagina; sulci longitudinales et irreg- 89 90 Pehl Oe ORG er vA Vol. S45 Nose ulares in cortice arborum maturarum qui flavo-aurantiacum subcorticem patefaciunt; fasciculo-bracteae brevi tempore nigrae et tam conspicuae ut ramunculi scaberrimi fiant. (Translation: A tree from 8 to 10 m tall, similar to Pinus cembroides, but leaves principally 3, sometimes 4, and very rarely 2 per fascicle, 4 - 6 cm long; fascicles 1.3 up to 2.0 mm thick; dorsal surfaces dark green, ven- tral surfaces glaucous; stomata on each surface; irregu- lar longitudinal furrows in the bark of mature trees which expose the yellowish-orange inner bark; fascicle bracts soon black and sufficiently conspicuous as to make the small twigs rough. ) TYPE: MEXICO, Puebla, Mpio. Soltepec, lat. 19° o4' N, long. 97 42' W, elev. 2370 m, along highway Mex 140, ca. 10 km southwest of San Salvador el Seco, 23 Feb- ruary 1983, D. K. Bailey 83-01 (HOLOTYPE: MEXU; ISO- TYPES: ARIZ, CHAPA, COLO, E, ENCB, INIF, K, MO, NY, 8M, TEX UG, US e UEC). DISCOVERY AND DISTRIBUTION The segregate named and described above was first recognized by the author as a specimen tree, No. P.372, in the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew on 27 June 1977. Now labelled P. cembroides, it was acquired in 1910 from H, Clinton-Baker of Bayfordbury, Herts. as seed labelled P, nelsonii (D. R. Hunt, private communication). Today it is a substantial tree of approximately 9 m height and 25 cm diameter about 1 m above ground level, The original provenance is unknown, Study of two branchlets showed it to have fascicles mainly of 3 needles. Thus of 400 fascicles examined, 374 were of 3 needles, 24 of 4 and only 2 of 2. In this respect it differed markedly from the approximately 400 trees of P, cembroides s. str. already studied from all parts of the known distribution except that to the south and east of Mexico City in the states of Tlaxcala, Puebla and Veracruz. Then in March 1979 a stand of pinyon in the state of Puebla along highway Mex 140 some 10 km southwest of San Salvador el Seco was examined and a standard sample taken consist- ing of a branchlet from each of 10 trees together with such cone material as could be found. Wood cores were not taken at that time, but twig ends of the 10 samples were subsequently analysed for monoterpene constituents (Zavarin and Snajberk, private commu- nication). These trees, upon detailed needle and chemical study, proved to be identical with the specimen tree at Kew and estab- lished the status of the latter as a distinct taxon rather than an aberrant specimen of P, cembroides s. str.. To establish the taxonomic significance of this finding it was necessary to make additional collections to learn as accurately as possible the distribution of pinyons resembling the Kew tree and those near San Salvador el Seco, Herbarium material was useful in suggesting possible collection localities, but could not be 1983 Bailey, Pinus cembroides 91 studied in the detail considered necessary, nor could it provide information on tree-to-tree variation, It was also necessary to establish how near to these localities the distribution of P, cembroides s, str, extends, At that time the nearest 10-tree coll- ection was from a site along highway Mex 120 some 7 km southwest of Pinal de Amoles in Querétaro. Thus the populations considered to be P. cembroides occurring between the Querétaro and Puebla collect- ions required sampling to ascertain whether the two taxa meet on common sites with or without intermediate forms, or are geograph- ically separated, Just prior to making the March 1979 collection it was learned from Dr, Jerzy Rzedowski that a collection, taken to be P, cembroides, had been made by M.-F. Robert at a locality on the mountains east of the city of Tehuac&n, Puebla. This local- ity, represented by a herbarium specimen at.the Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas (ENCB), is the southernmost and easternmost for any pinyon known at present. It is represented by collection 14 in Figure 1 which shows the geographical distribution of subsp. orizabensis as collections 8 through 14, Figure 1 also shows the southeastern part of the much more widespread distribution of subsp. cembroides (= P. cembroides s. str.) as collections 1 through 7, Collection 6 was made at the only known locality for subsp. cembroides in the state of Veracruz. This, the southernmost and easternmost locality known, is isolated from the nearest similar stands to the northwest by rather moist heavily vegetated country. To judge from the vegetation surrounding the pinyons at collection site 6, the climate must be locally rather dry and warn, in contrast with that at the collection sites for subsp. orizaben- sis, The latter sites are not only at higher elevations (some by as much as 400m) but are cooler and somewhat more humid as made evi- dent by the presence of Tillandsia sp. on the pinyons, Herbarium material exists for subsp. orizabensis from farther west than collection 12 in Tlaxcala, and Martinez (1948) lists a number of such localities, but a limited search for pinyons at some of these has failed, and it seem likely from the general con- dition of the land in Tlaxcala that pinyons at many of these local- ities no longer exist, Mart{nez also reports pinyons in the state of México at Dexcan{f near Jilotepec, A recent search in this local- ity has been unsuccessful. From the 14 collections shown in Figure 1 and described in de- tail in Table 1 it is concluded that a genuine gap exists between the southeasternmost representatives of subsp. cembroides and the northwesternmost stands of subsp. orizabensis, and no trees were found in the course of this study which exhibited significant evi- dence of intermediacy between the two taxa, However, in order to define the gap as precisely as possible, it is to be noted that collection 11 near Frijol Colorado was made near the southern end of a stand of subsp. orizabensis that extends north northeast by possibly as much as 20 km toward Jalacingo (v. Martinez, 1948). It is also likely that subsp. cembroides extends as much as 3 km east southeast of collection 6 near Teximalpa., It is therefore concluded 92 Lotitude, North Percent of Trees Sampled P) Heys T1OSLy 0! GaLvA Vol. 54, Nose 6 HCO UE 8,9 ® O Pinus cembroides subsp. cembroides @ Pinus cembroides subsp. or/zabensis 102° 100° 98° Longitude, West FIGURE 1. Geographic distribution of Pinus cembroides sensu lato at its southern limits. & Mt. Crizaba, &™ village of Chichiquila. 40 Al T T i =a a in Pinus cembroides Pinus cembroides subsp. cembroides subsp. orizabensis 30 (O NQ 1 through 6 ) (© NQ8 through 13) 20 : ‘0 : a ce a 20 2.2 24 26 2.8 3.0 3.2 34 36 3.8 40 42 44 Average Number of Needles per Fascicle (200 fascicles sampled per tree) FIGURE 2, Needle-number distributions. 1933 Bailey, Pinus cembroides TABLE 1, Details of collections, Each collection consisted of a branchlet from each of 10 different trees, Twig ends and/or wood cores were also collected at each site, except numbers 2 and 7, from each tree for chemical analysis, Twig ends from the Kew tree were also taken, Collection No, 2. 3. 7. 9. 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, Fig.1) Mpio. State Lat.(°N) Long.(°w) Elev.(m) Pinus cembroides subsp, cembroides . Villa de Reyes SLP 22° 02' 100° 58' 2320 (5 km WSW of Cerritos) San Felipe Gto 21 30 101 O05 2100 (3 km ESE of Puerto Sandoval) Pinal de Amoles Qro 2k 405 99 41 2400 (Along Mex 140, 7 km SW of Pinal de Amoles) Zimap4n Ego 20 47 oon 13 1350 (3.7 km N of Pto, de la Estancia) Cardonal Hgo 20 40 99 06 2380 (near Santuario) Huayacocotla Ver 20025 98 31 2200 (1 km SE of Teximalpa) Zaragoza SLP 21 59 100 38 2300 (7 km NW of Mina las Cuevas) Pinus cembroides subsp, orizabensis Soltepec Pue 19° o4 97°42" 2370 (10 km SW of San Salvador el Seco) Soltepec Pue 19 Oo 97 42 2370 (10 km SW of San Salvador el Seco) Perote Ver gr 27 97 17 2500 (In malpais, 8 km S of Totalco) Perote Ver 197 35 97 22 2630 (4 km WE of Frijol Colorado) Atlzayanca Tlax 19 24 97 4a 2540 (Santa Maria las Cuevas) Libres Pue 19 25 97 4 2410 (7 km SSE of Libres) Ajalpan Pue 18 27 97 «14 2450 (15 kmE of TehuacAn) Collectors D. K. 3ailey 79-4 & F, G, Hawksworth D. K. Bailey 81-17 & 5B. E, Berger D. K. Bailey 78-34 & F,. G. Hawksworth J. Lott Tom wendt P-93 D. K. Bailey 80-12 & Tom Wendt 2499 D. K. Bailey 81-18, B. E, Berger & Juan Velasquez H. D. K. Bailey s.n. & F, G. Hawksworth D. K. Bailey 79-01, F, G. Hawksworth & D,. Wiens D. K. Bailey 80-06 & Tom Wendt s.n, D. K. Bailey 80-07 & Tom Wendt 2494 D. K. Bailey 80-08 & Tom Wendt 2495 E. J. Lott & Tom Wendt P-134 D. K. Bailey 80-11 & Tom Wendt 2498 D. K. Bailey 80-05 & Tom Wendt 2481 Date an May 16 May 14 Dec, 10 Mar. 13 Nov. 28 Jan. 10 Mar, 93 1979 1981 1978 1980 1980 1981 1975 1979 1980 1980 1980 1982 1980 1980 94 Vel yersk (0) 1G, (0) (Gee 78 Vol. 54, No. 2 that the gap has a width of about 140 km, For the record it should be noted that the heavy infestation of the dwarf mistletoe, Arceuthobium pendens Hawksworth & Wiens, on subsp, orizabensis at collection site 11 was sampled, and subsequently reported by Hawksworth and Wiens (1980) under the host name Pinus cembroides Zucc., the only name available at the time, In contrast at the type locality of the parasite, collection site 1, the infestation was very light, affecting only two trees (that could be found) of Pinus discolor. No dwarf mistletoe was found on pinyons at the other twelve sites comprising this study. In particular no dwarf mistletoe was found on subsp. cembroides at sates. DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS To distinguish subsp. orizabensis from subsp. cembroides a rapid check on needle number or fascicle size is sufficient as is demonstrated by Figure 2 and the detailed numbers of Table 2, Collections 7 and 14 are omitted from the histogram of Figure 2, Material of collection 7 was destroyed inadvertently before com- plete analyses could be performed, Collection 14 differs from the remaining six collections of subsp. orizabensis in ways leaning very slightly toward subsp. cembroides, Until the general region of collection 14 can be studied further, its relative isolation from the other stands justifies its separate consideration as shown in Table 2, where the needle numbers for the Kew tree are also shown for comparison. It should be noted that collection 4 from TABLE 2. Distribution of fascicle sizes (numbers), Percent of Fascicles with Indicated Number of Needles 2 3 a2 2 Pinus cembroides subsp. cembroides 12000 fascicles, 60 trees Collections 1 through 6 62.52 37.46 0.02 - Pinus cembroides subsp. orizabensis 12000 fascicles, 60 trees Collections 8 oe oueh 13 0.33 74.19 22.35 3.13 Collection 14 2000 fascicles, 10 trees 2.35 9.80 2.85 ie Tree P.372, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 05507» 199650 6.00 - 400 fascicles 1983 Bailey, Pinus cembroides 95 Zimap4n, the generally accepted type locality for Pinus cembroides Zucc., is atypical as well, It comes from an exceptionally low and presumably dry location and yielded, in the standard sample of 2000 fascicles, 200 fascicles from each of 10 trees, an average fascicle size of 2.07. (Cf the remaining five localities, the aver- age fascicle size varied from 2.30 to 2.65. Trees from greater ele- vation in the Zimap4n region, including the type specimen Munich (examined while on loan to Kew) exhibit a substantially higher fraction of 3-needle fascicles. The inclusion of the Zimapdn data has therefore somewhat distorted the histogram for subsp, cembroi- des as shown in Figure 2. The collections of subsp. orizabensis, studied in the same way, yielded average fascicle sizes ranging from 3.13 to 3.70. The slightly differing collection 14 yielded 3.00. Collection 13 had the very large average of 3.70 and most ef the 5-needle fascicles shown in Table 2, The next largest aver- age fascicle size was 3.32. Other character differences of varying usefulness are; Needle dimensions, Needles of subsp. orizabensis, including collection 14, are systematically somewhat longer and thicker than those of subsp. cembroides, though this is not obvious from casual observation, Nevertheless the needles of subsp. orizabensis are soft to the touch relative to the stiffer and sometimes more curved needles of subsp. cembroides, Number and position of stomatal lines, From standardized sanm- ples of five fascicles per tree it was found that subsp. orizaben- sis has, on average, slightly fewer dorsal stomatal lines, and slightly more on the ventral surfaces than subsp. cembroides, However, histograms of the distributions show considerable overlap, Number of resin ducts. For all practical purposes the needles of both taxa contain two resin ducts, Thus of more than 900 needles of subsp. cembroides considered in this study, all had 2 resin ducts. However among the 1200 needles of subsp. orizabensis, simi- larly considered, 10 needles were found with 3 resin ducts, and one needle was found with 4, Foliage color, The ventral surfaces of the needles of subsp. orizabensis are usually much more glaucous than those of subsp, cembroides, and the dorsal surfaces are a darker more bluish green, In this respect the foliage of subsp. orizabensis more closely re- sembles that of Pinus discolor than that of subsp. cembroides, The latter has foliage which is usually somewhat yellowish green, Needle retention and resinousness, Needle retention was found to be slightly greater for subsp. cembroides than for subsp, oriza- bensis, The average retention in years and its range are 4,2(3 - 6) and 3,6(2 - 5) respectively. Since early loss of needles is consider- ed to be a means of moisture conservation, this could lead to the conclusion that evapo-transpiration is a more severe problem for the stands of subsp. orizabensis, except for collection 14, at an obviously rather wet locality, where the average needle retention was 5.0 years, Lest this result be interpreted solely as a climatic 96 P Heys Te OpLeORGeia A Vol. 54, WNowez response, it must be pointed out that the foliage of subsp. cembroi- des throughout its entire range is resinous and sticky to handle thus permitting better moisture retention, whereas that of subsp. orizabensis is comparatively non-resinous and clean to work with. Thus the difference in resinousness of needles of the two taxa is more useful as a character distinction than needle retention. Bark of large mature trees. The bark of subsp. orizabensis resembles closely that of Pinus discolor and is in marked contrast with that of subsp. cembroides. Thus it exhibits little or no transverse fissuring with its irregular longitudinal fissuring. The bark is rather thin and shows yellowish-orange inner bark in the often broad fissures, Between fissures the bark tends to form in thin, rather ragged, concave layers. Subsp. cembroides, on the other hand, often exhibits irregular transverse fissuring as well as less conspicuous longitudinal fissuring, which results in the formation of coarse polygonal plates in the comparatively thick bark without the thin concave layers. The underbark, while yellow- ish, is less conspicuous in the fissures, and often does not show at all. Small twigs after shedding needles and fascicle sheaths, The fascicle bracts of subsp. orizabensis are conspicuous and become nearly black in a few years, They tend to protrude thus giving the twigs a rough appearance and feel. In the case of subsp. cembroi- des the fascicle bracts are less conspicuous and somewhat smaller than those of subsp. orizabensis and result in comparatively smooth twigs after the passage of a few years. Cones, Cones are very similar among all of the segregates of Pinus cembroides s, lat. with the exception of Pinus remota, and extremely variable even on the same tree, and from year to year. They are therefore of little use for distinguishing characters, Nevertheless it is possible to say a little. The cones of subsp. orizabensis are somewhat larger (i.e. longer) and harder than those of subsp. cembroides, The seeds of both have thick, hard shells relative to P, remota, and pink endosperms as revealed by Robert- Passini (1981) whose examples of subsp. cembroides included, unwittingly, some examples of subsp. orizabensis. Despite several similarities, pointed out above, between var, orizabensis and Pinus discolor, the endosperm of the latter, and of Pinus remota, is white, Chemical differences. The difference between the two taxa in the percentage of 3-carene in wood from cores or twigs provides a limited character distinction, The percentage is small, usually 1 % or less, in subsp. cembroides, whereas it may be an order of mag- nitude greater in subsp. orizabensis., However, in the latter taxon it is highly variable within a stand, and some trees, or even most trees in some stands, exhibit only a little more than that found in subsp. cembroides, as for example collection 14 and the Kew tree. CHOICE OF NAME The name orizabensis has been chosen for two reasons, Firstly it gives recognition to the position of Mt. Orizaba (Pico de Oriza- 1983 Bailey, Pinus cembroides 97 ba) with respect to the collection localities reported above, Mt, Orizaba is indicated by a small triangle in Figure 1, Secondly it commemorates the first two reports of what is now, in the light of the geographical distribution, clearly identifiable as subsp. orizabensis on the slopes of the mountain, Though the pinyons await rediscovery on the mountain, the suffix, -ensis, indicating place of growth, origin, or habitat, seems appropriate. The taxon was first recognized by Gordon who gave it the name Pinus cembroides Gordon in The Pinetum (1858), The name is a later homonym, having been used earlier by Zuccarini (1832). Gordon, for reasons that are not clear, regarded Pinus cembroides Zucc, as a synonym for Pinus llaveana Schiede ex Schlechtendal (1838) rather than the reverse, Thus Pinus cembroides Gordon represented to Gordon a different taxon, It may be supposed that Gordon's persist- ent emphasis on the distinctness rested mainly on needles in fascicles of 3 rather than of 2 and 3 on the same tree, and on cone size. It also rested on the "shorter, more glaucous , . . leaves" than those of P, llaveana, where "more glaucous" is the relevant character, Gordon's name was based on material received from Hartweg (Gordon, 1846) m,. « « WhO found it in the cold districts of the mountain of Orizaba, near the village of Chichi- quila, attaining a height of 30 feet, at an ele- vation of 10,000 feet above the sea, Leaves in threes, from an inch to an inch and a half in length (on wild specimens), . . . Cones single and sessile, from 2% to 3 inches in length. . Judging from locality and appearance, this Pine is likely to prove hardy in England and is quite new to the collections of this country." This last remark was prophetic indeed in view of the success of the Kew tree, Further independent evidence that subsp, orizabensis, as P,. cem- broides Gordon, occurs or once occurred on the flanks of Mt. Griza- ba is provided by Gordon (1858) who states, in reference of Pinus orizabae Gordon (= Pinus pseudostrobus Lindl.) that "It was first discovered by Hartweg on the eastern declivity of the Mountain of Crizaba, in Mexico, at the same elevation (10,000 feet) as P. cembroides, growing in company with that spe- cies and a bushy Juniper; .. . but not abundant," Unfortunately the Hartweg material from "the cold districts of the mountain of Orizaba" has not come to light. Specimens of his earlier collection of 1839, No. 440, from the vicinity of Zimapdn and Car- donal have been examined at Kew, This material, alluded to by Gor- don in the heading of his 1846 paper, is quite certainly P. cembroi- des Zucc. as stated by Bentham (1840), It has fascicles of both 2 and 3 needles on the same specimen, 98 Py LOL ORG eA Vol. 54, No. 2 An unsuccessful attempt was made to make a collection for this study on the lower slopes of Mt. Orizaba, beginning at the village of Chichiquila, shown by the small "x" on Figure 1. Unfortunately the route found led to the northwest instead of southwest, and did not reach a sufficient elevation (Chichiquila itself is only at about 6000 feet or 1830 m) before leading to the main highway, Mex 140, to the west of collection 10, A route to higher elevations to the southwest of Chichiquila would quite possibly lead to the trees collected by Hartweg, if they still exist. 2. PINUS CEMBROIDES subsp. LAGUNAE (Robert-Passini) D. K. Bailey comb. nov. Pinus cembroides var. 1 nae Robert-Passini, Adansonia ser. 4, 3, sec, B, No. is: ap 1981 This pinyon occurs only in a small area of the Sierra de Laguna to the east of Todos Santos, between La Paz and Cabo San Lucas at the southern end of the peninsula of Lower California, Robert- Passini (1981) decided that it differed at varietal rank from P. cembroides s, str. in having thinner seed walls and more cotyledons, To justify raising the rank to subspecies the following additional characters distinguish subsp. lagunae (based on Bailey's collection 79-09 of 15 March 1979, 10 trees sampled each with cores) from subsp. cembroides (based on collections 1 through 6) longer needles, averages 6.75 vSe 4.51 cm thinner fascicles, averages 1.19 vs. 1.32 mm fewer stomatal lines per needle, averages 5.91 vs. 7.58 also longer cone peduncles and perceptible prickles peduncles 2 to 3 mm thick, prickles ca. 0.5 mm long on cone-scale umbos. But the most important and quantitative difference was the complete- ly different monoterpene chemistry of subsp. lagunae compared with that of subsp. cembroides and subsp. orizabensis. Subsp. lagunae is high in sabinene and terpinolene as compared with subsp. cembroides and subsp. orizabensis, and has many chemical similarities to Pinus discolor, Both subsp. lagunae and Pinus discolor are low ina -pinene as compared with subsp. cembroides and subsp. orizabensis,. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The effort represented by this report has depended on no grants of any kind, but much is owed to many persons who have cooperated with the project in various ways involving the contribution of time. In particular thanks are due to the various persons listed, in addi- tion to the author, in the column of collectors in Table 1, and to Frederick Ayer II for both hospitality and transportation in Mexico. The contributions in effort by Tom Wendt and Emily Lott must be sing- led out particularly, not only for their part in making the collect- ions, but also for making possible the visit to Chichiquila. Thanks are also due to David Hunt of Kew first for supplying information about the "discovery" tree and for permission to collect the two 1983 Bailey, Pinus cembroides 99 branchlets, and secondly for obtaining on loan from Munich the type specimen of Pinus cembroides Zucc,, and making it available for study at Kew. Prof. J. N. Hough must be thanked for assistance with the Latin description of the new taxon, Dr. Rupert Barneby of the New York Botanical Garden gave extremely valuable advice and criti- cism of an earlier version of this account, much of which is reflec- ted in the present version, Dr. Eugene Zavarin of the Forest Products Laboratory of the University of California gave permission to report in a preliminary and highly abridged form the results of the chemi- cal analyses of the cores and twigs collected during the project. Most of all indebtedness must be acknowledged to Dr. Frank Hawks- worth of the U. S. Forest Service for long-continuing assistance, encouragement and advice in carrying forward the pinyon project during the past decade. REFERENCES Bailey, D. K. & F. G. Hawksworth. 1979, Pinyons of the Chihuahuan Desert Region, Phytologia 44; 129 - 133. Bailey, D. K. & F. G. Hawksworth, 1983. Pinaceae of the Chihuahuan Desert Region, Phytologia 53: 226 - 234, Bailey, D. K. & Tom Wendt, 1979. New pinyon records for northern Mexico, Southwest, Natur. 24(2): 389 - 390. Bentham, G. 1839 - 1857. Plantae Hartwegianae. 393 pp., London (No. 440, p. 58, 1840). Critchfield, W. 3. & H. L. Little Jr. 1966. Geographic distribution of the pines of the world. 97 pp., U. S. Department of Agricul- ture Forest Service. Misc. Publ. 991. Gordon, G. 1846, 42 Pinus cembroides etc., J. Hort. Soc. (London) 21° 236"= 237. Gordon, G. 1858, The Pinetum, 353 pp., Bohn, London, Hawksworth, F. G. & D. Wiens. 1980. A new species of Arceuthobium (Viscaceae) from Central Mexico, Brittonia 32: 348 - 352. Little, E. L. Jr. 1966. A new pinyon variety from Texas, Wrightia ge LOL += ‘187. Little, E. L. Jr. 1968, Two new pinyon varieties from Arizona, Phytologia 17: 329 - 342. Mart{nez, M. 1948, Los pinos mexicanos Ed. 2, 361 pp.e, Ediciones Botas, Mexico, Robert, M.-F. 1978, Un nouveau pin pignon mexicain: Pinus johannis Adansonia ser, 2. 18; 365 - 373. Robert-Passini, M.-F. 1981, Deux nouveaux pins pignons du Mexique, Bull Mus. natn, Hist. nat., Paris, 4° ser,, 3, section B, Adansonia, no, 1: 61 - 73. 100 P Hey Ori ONGrie A Vol. 54, Nos 2 Schlechtendal, A, 1838, Vorl4ufige Nachricht ther die mexikanischen Coniferen, Linnaea 12: 486 - 496, Zuccarini, J. G, 1832. 45, Pinus cembroides Zuccar., Abhand, Akad, Wiss, Muench. 1: 392 - 394, NOVITATES ANTILLANAE. X Alain H. Liogier Jardin Botanico, Administraci6n Central Universidad de Puerto Rico, GPO Box 4984-G San Juan, PR 00924 This new series of additions to the Floras of Hispaniola and Puerto Rico is the result of intensive field work in both islands and brings up to date our knowledge of their vegetation. After publishing our last book: LIOGIER, A. H. & L. F. MARTORELL, Flora of Puerto Rico and Adjacent Islands: a Systematic Synopsis (Edito- rial de la Universidad de Puerto Rico, 1982), several taxa have been added and new species have to be described. LORANTHACEAE Dendropemon linearis Alain, sp. nov. Rami usque 30 cm longi, in parte inferiori usque 2 mm crassi, teretes plicato-striati, brunnei, juvenili compressi, internodiis usque 2 cm longis, e basi ad apicem paullo dilatati; folia linearia vel anguste lineari-lanceolata, basi in petiolum brevissimum vel subnullum angustata, apice paulatim acuminata, apice ipso apicula- ta, 2-3.5 cm longa, 2-4 mm lata, nervo medio supra nullo, subtus prominente, lateralibus nullis, margine plana integra, in sicco nigrescentia opaca coriacea; inflorescentiae solitarii axillares, 3-4-florae; pedunculo 12-15 mm longo, compresso, apice versus dilatato et usque 2 mm lato; rachis plus minus compressa; pedicelli 2-5 mm longi; bractea et prophylla inter sese in cupulam 1 mm lon- gam coalita, superne libera triangularia; calycodium non visum; baccae nigrae obovato-cylindraceae, 8-9 mm longae. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: In pine forest, near Aceitillar, Bahoruco Mts., alt. approx. 1,000 m, uncommon, 26 Feb. 1971, Alain H. Lio- gier 17912 (Holotypus: NY). The very narrow leaves, the few-flowered inflorescence, the absence of calycodium distinguish this species. Some forms of Dendropemon purpureus (L.) Krug & Urb., have narrow leaves, but this last species has a conspicuous calycodium, and the leaves have a well-developed petiole. POLYGONACEAE Coccoloba jimenezii Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 4-5 m altus, ramuli tereti glabri; ochreae cylindra- ceae, coriaceae, puberulae, 5-7 mm longae, apice breviter bilo- 101 102 PVH YeSr ORL ORG at eA Vol. 54, No. 2 Dendropemon linearis Alain (A. H. Liogier 17912). 1983 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 103 batae; foliia ovata vel oblongo-ovata, apice versus attenuata, apice ipso leviter emarginata, basi cordata, 2-4.8 cm longa, 1-2.5 cm lata, subcoriacea vel coriacea, supra glabra vel nervo medio basim sparse pilosa, nervo medio supra vix prominulo, subtus prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 5-6, supra et subtus prominulis, ad mar- ginem arcuatis et anastomosantibus, venis utroque facie dense re- ticulatis, margine integra, plana vel leviter recurvata; petioli 6- 8 mm longi, puberuli, 1-2 mm sub ochreae apicem abeuntes; inflores- centiae terminales in ramuli brevissimi, 1-5 mm longae, rachis gla- ber, angulatus; bracteae anguste ovato-triangulares, acutae, 1 mm longae, 0.4 mm latae, glabrae; ochreolae membranaceae, tubulari- campanulatae, 1 mm longae, glabrae; pedicelli 2-3 mm longi, glabri; flores feminei solitarii, glabri, hypanthium in fructo 3 mm longum, lobi imbricati, 2 mm longi, apice rotundati; caetera ignota. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: In thickets, on serpentine rocks, Sierra Prieta, Villa Mella, Distrito Nacional, alt. 150 m, 24 March 1974, Alain & Perfa Liogier 21450 (Holotypus: NY; Isotypi: SDM, UPR); id., 26 May 1973, Alain & Perfa Liogier 19276 (NY, SDM); id., 24 Oct. 1975, Alain & Perfa Liogier 24125 (NY, SDM). The ovate, cordate leaves, the short inflorescences distinguish this species. The nearest taxon seems to be c. hotteana Schmidt, with elliptic or ovate to obovate-elliptic leaves, rounded or narrowed at base, the perianth lobes ovate to suborbicular, the fruits up to 6 mm long, This species is named in memory of the late José Jests Jiménez, a prominent botanist in the Dominican Republic. LEGUMINOSAE-PAPILIONOIDEAE Crotalaria intermedia Kotschy St. CROIX: On roadside, Bonne Esperance, Alain H. Liogier 34234 (UPR). A new record. Pueraria triloba (L.) Makino DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Vicinity of Bonao, Alain & Perfa Liogier 9073-1 (NY, UPR, SDM); new record for Hispaniola. Native of Asia, cultivated and escaped. Sesbania tomentosa Hook. & Arn. PUERTO RICO: Gurabo Station, introduced and becoming a weed. A new record (det. Peter E. Gibbs). EUPHORBIACEAE Chamaesyce blodgettii (Engelm. ex Hitchc.) Small PUERTO RICO: Caja de Muertos Isl., R. 0. Woodbury & M. Cobin s.n. (UPR 7485); on coastal limestone, Guanica, A. & P. Liogier, L. F. Martorell 29485 (UPR); a new record for Puerto Rico. Bermuda, Baha- mas, Florida, Cuba, Jamaica, Virgin Islands, Grand Cayman; oddly enough, this species has not yet been reported from Hispaniola. 104 PRAY LOL) O1GeEeA Vol. 54, No. 2 Coccoloba jimenezii Alain (A. & P. Liogier PAWASO) Ve 1983 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 105 Adams (Flowering Plants of Jamaica, p. 429. 1972) cites this species for Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. AQUIFOLIACEAE Ilex cassine L. PUERTO RICO: Dorado Beach forest, R. 0. Woodbury s.n. (UPR 1770); a new record for Puerto Rico. Southern United States, Bahamas, Cuba. MALVACEAE Bastardia bivalvis (Cav.) HBK. St. CROIX: On roadside, Estate Solitude, A. H. Liogier 34213 (UPR). A new record for St. Croix. Greater Antilles, Mexico to Peru and Brazil. PASSIFLORACEAE Passiflora berteriana Balb. ex DC. PUERTO RICO: in dry thickets, Maruca, Guanica, A. & P. Liogier, L. F. Martorell 33732 (UPR); a new record for Puerto Rico. Cuba, Hispaniola. MYRTACEAE THE GENUS CALYPTRANTHES IN PUERTO RICO AND ADJACENT ISLANDS. In their "Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands", N. L. Britton and P. Wilson list 6 species of Calyptranthes; one of them, C. kiaerskovii Krug & Urban, is considered as an endemic to Tortola and will not be considered in this study, being outside of the area covered. Subsequently, several species have been added to the list, either as species new to science, or as new records for the area. Yet another species has to be added, bringing the total number to ll. The following key will help to identify the different taxa found in the area. According to R. McVaugh (Taxon 17: 377. 1968), this genus probably consists of about 100 described species in the West Indies; it is well represented in South America, mainly in southern Brazil; it needs a revision, and the number of species known to occur in the West Indies will probably be less than actually listed in each one of the aslands. Key to the species of Calyptranthes in Puerto Rico and Adjacent Islands: a. Flowers sessile or subsessile. b. Plants ferrugineo-tomentose in young parts and inflorescences; flowers solitary. C. krugii. b. Plants glabrous; flowers 3-4. C. dumetorum. a. Flowers in paniculate, or 1-3-flowered, peduncled inflorescences, or glomerate. c. Flowers 1-3, sessile on 2.5-3.5 cm long peduncles. 106 Pel Ye THORL ORG eT WA Vol. 543 Nowe2 d. Plants glabrous; branchlets 2-lined or slightly 2-winged, not articulate at base. e. Flowers solitary on peduncles to 3.5 cm long; leaves ovate or oblong-ovate, rounded to obtuse at apex, 1./-2.6 cm long. C. peduncularis. e. Flowers 1-3, peduncles to 2.5 cm long; leaves rhomboid or oblong, 2-3.5 cm long, narrowed to cuspidate at apex. Co jeraellomium c. Flowers in panicles, cymes or glomerules. Se £. Leaves 8-11 cm long, oblong-elliptic; flowers in glomerules, on peduncles to 9.5 cm long. C. luquillensis. f. Leaves to 7.5 cm long; flowers paniculate or cymose. g. Leaves acute or obtuse; inflorescences few-several- flowered. h. Leaves oblong-obovate; cymes trichotomous. C. thomasiana. h. Leaves elliptic or ovate-elliptic; panicles several- flowered, the flowers subglomerate, nearly sessile. C. portoricensis. g. Leaves acuminate; panicles few- to many-flowered. i. Leaves cuspidate-acuminate at apex; twigs with appressed brown hairs when young. j- Panicles usually as long as the leaves or longer, pubescent; fruits 4-5 mm in diameter. C. pallens. j. Panicles usually shorter than the leaves, glabrous or nearly so; fruits 6-7 mm in diameter. C. sintenisii. i. Leaves obtuse or at most bluntly acuminate at apex; twigs glabrous. C. zuzygium. C. dumetorum Alain, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 92: 298. 1965. In serpentine barrens, Susua, Puerto Rico (Type: Alain Liogier 9870); Camuy river, R. O. Woodbury s.n., sterile (UPR 2290); endemic. This rare species has been collected only twice. It is little knowns the flowers and fruits are still unknown. C. krugii Kiaersk., Bot. Tids. 17: 248. 1889. In forests at middle and higher elevations, in the Luquillo and Guavate forests, and the Central mountain range, Puerto Rico; endemic. A very variable species, the shape and size of the leaves varying from rounded to obtuse at apex, and from 2-5.5 cm long and 1.3-4.3 cm broad, being sessile or short-petioled; the main characteristic is the sessile flowers. C. luquillensis Alain, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 90: 189. 1963. Rare at middle and higher elevations, in the Luquillo forest, Puerto Rico; endemic (Type: Holdridge 61, NY; C. E. Horne, s.n., NY; R. O. Woodbury 5575 (UPR) This striking species is unique by its large oblong-elliptic leaves and the glomerate flowers on long peduncles. 1983 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 107 C. pallens (Poir.) Griseb., in Abh. Gétt. Akad. 7: 215. 1857. Eugenia pallens Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Suppl. 3: 122. 1813. Local, mainly in moist coastal forests, ascending to 800 meters, Puerto Rico; southern Florida, Bahamas, Greater Antilles, Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Guadeloupe; also in Mexico and Guatemala. C. peduncularis Alain, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 90: 189. 1963. In woods, Maricao State Forest, Puerto Rico (Type: Alain Liogier 9220, NY); endemic. = very rare and little known species, to be collected again. C. portoricensis Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51: 11. 1924. Rare in forests, at Luquillo and Maricao forests, from 800 to 1,200 m altitude, Puerto Rico; endemic. G. sintenisii Kiaersk., Bot. Tids. 17: 250. 1889. In forests, at lower and middle elevations, at Bayam6n and in the Luquillo Mountains, and in moist coastal forest at Dorado, Puerto Rico; Hispaniola. C. thomasiana Berg., Linnaea 27: 26. 1855. Locally common in mounatins, Vieques and St. Thomas islands; Virgin Islands. C. triflorum Alain, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 90: 189. 1963. In forests on serpentine, Maricao State Forest, Puerto Rico (Type: Alain Liogier 9342, NY; id., May 24, 1964, R. O. Woodbury s.n., UPR 2316; id., June 1970, R. O. Woodbury s.n., UPR 2315; id., July 1970, R. O. Woodbury s.n., UPR 2314); endemic. This species is notable by its 3-flowered inflorescences, the flowers sessile, its cuspidate flower-bud, its small rhomboid leaves. Calyptranthes woodburyi Alain, sp. nov. Arbor parva usque 7 m alta, caulis usque 10 cm diam, ramulis sub- teretibus vel paullo compressis, glabrescentes, pilis simplicibus sparsissimis muniti et glandulosis, ad basim articulatis; folia elliptica vel lanceolato-elliptica, 4-4.8 cm long, 1.7-2.1 cm lata, apice obtusa vel rotundata, basi versus in petiolum attenuata vel cuneata, nervo medio supra impresso, subtus prominente, lateralibus et venis obsoletis, glabra, supra olivacea dense glanduloso-punctata subtus pallidiora sparse glanduloso-punctata, margine integra paullo recurvata, petiolo 2-3 mm longo, supra applanato; pedunculi axilla- res, applanati, 2-3 mm longi, 1-2-flori, pedicelli 1-12 mm longi, glanduloso-punctati; bracteae triangulares, 1 mm longae, glabrae; alabastra ovoideo-fusiformia, 5 mm longa, apiculata, apiculo 1.5 mm longo; hypanthium globosum, 2 mm longum et latum, calyptra cuspidata 1.5-2 mm longa. PUERTO RICO: Quebrada Grande, El Verde, Luquillo Mts., Aug. l, 1977, R. O. Woodbury s. n. (Holotypus: UPR 2495); El Verde, Luquillo Mts., july 1961, R. O. Woodbury 5096 (UPR); El Verde, Eona Dora River area, June 22, 1960, R. 0. Woodbury 3740 (NY); Guavate, April 1961, 108 Pal aT Oct uOuCkmsA Vol. 54, No. 2 j'um 1 CAROUMUE MRGinn, WECM WOnNi ae VWSNW 30mm Fein {F8IS SS@jUIey Vault tsfaahit littl tlt blae, HOLOTY? Jardin Boténico, Universidad de Puerto Rico 00249~ | Caly ehantkes wood bun Calyptranthes woodburyi Alain (R.O.Woodbury Sie le) 1983 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 109 R. 0. Woodbury 4869 (UPR); id., Aug. 2, 1977, R. 0. Woodbury s. n., (UPR 2496); Carite, Sept. 1971, R. 0. Woodbury s. n. (UPR 8818); Maricao, Monte del Estado, June 1975 (R. 0. Woodbury s. n. (UPR 8822). ——s A species near to C. triflorum Alain, described from Puerto Rico; the main differences are: the sparsely pilose twigs, the larger and not cuspidate leaves, glandular-punctate above; in this species, the flowers are 1-2 on a short peduncle and the pedicel is well devel- oped; the affinity lies in the cuspidate calyptra. Named in honor of R. O. Woodbury, the indefatigable collector of this species. Some specimens are fruiting and the fruit description is as follows: Fructiferi pedunculi usque 3.2 cm longi, glabri, glandulosi; fructi globosi, 6 mm diam., glandulosi, brunnei, glabri, apice hypan- thi margine coronati. C. zuzygium (L.) Sw., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl. 79. 1788. Myrtus zuzygium L., Syst. Veg. ed. 10, 2: 1056. 1759. Rare in moist forests on the north coast, Puerto Rico; Florida, Bahamas, Greater Antilles. Myrciaria myrtifolia Alain, sp. nov. Frutex vel arbor parva, 5 m alta, caulis 10 cm diam.; ramuli te- retes vel leviter applanata, pubescentes, rami grisei cortice fisso; folia elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 1-2 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, apice obtusa vel rotundata vel emarginata, apice jpso mucronulata, mucrone brunneo, basi obtusa vel rotundata, nervo medio supra impre- sso, subtus prominulo, nervis lateralibus obsoletis, supra nitida subtus opaca sparse punctata, margine integra, petiolo 2 mm longo supra applanato puberulo; flores in foliorum superiorum axillibus solitarii, pedicelli 1.5-2 mm longi, leviter compressi, puberuli; prophylla ovato-deltoidea, 1 mm longa, margine ciliata; hypanthium 1-1.5 mm longum campanulatum, glaber, glandulosum, calycis limbus 1.5-2 mm longus, glaber, glandulosus, lobi rotundati ciliolati; pe- tala oblonga apice rotundata 2 mm longa, extus pilosula glandulosa; stamina numerosa; caetera ignota. PUERTO RICO: Mountain ridge North of Coamo on road 14, May 20, 1971, R. 0. Woodbury 21501 (Holotypus, NY); top of Cerro Cariblanco, R. O. Woodbury s. n. (UPR 5123); VIEQUES: May 24, 1978, R. O. Wood- bury s.n. (UPR 5124). This species is notable for its small leaves, probably the small- est in the genus, the absence of lateral nerves or reticulation, the puberulous branches. I do not know of any similar plant in the West Indies. Psidium calyptranthoides Alain, sp. nov. Arbor parva glabra, rami hornotini plus minus applanati, brunneo- glandulosi, lenticellosi, vetustiores grisei cortice striato et fisso; folia 2-3 mm longe petiolata, petiolo supra canaliculato, 110 Pye cE OME OG vA Vol. 54, No. 2 ; Myrciaria myrtifolia Alain (R. 0. Woodbury AUZOI) 1983 Liogier, Novitates antillanae x Ea | basi articulato ; lamina elliptica usque oblongo-elliptica, 4.5-7 cm longa, 2.5-4.2 cm lata, apice acuminata apice ipso rotundato, basi in petiolum attenuata, nervo medio supra ad basim leviter im- presso, subtus praesertim ad basim prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 5-7 saepe obsoletis ad marginem anastomosantibus, in utroque facie glanduloso-punctata, margine integra leviter revoluta, gla- berrima; flores axillares, pedunculi filiformes, in nodi oppositi, 2.5-2.8 cm longi, brunneo-glandulosi; prophylla subulata, 1 mm longa, fimbriata, decidua; alabastra pyriformia, basi subcylindrica, apice globosa, apiculata, 7 mm longa, 4.5 mm lata ad apicem, 1.5 mm lata ad basim, dense glandulosa; calyx in alabastro clausum, ad anthesim irregulariter adaperiens, intus pilosus; petala elliptica, pilosa, stamina numerosa. Fructus non visi. PUERTO RICO: Monte del Estado Forest, Maricao, 2800 ft. altitude, July 8, 1970, R. O. Woodbury 20506(Holotype: UPR; Isotype: NY); Dos Picachos, Luquillo Mts., May, 1960, R. 0. Woodbury s. n. (UPR 2499). In this large genus, it is still possible to find undescribed species. The present one resembles at first sight Calyptrogenia bi- flora Alain, from Hispaniola; the calyx opening irregularly instead of by a calyptra is so far the main generic difference. Rogers Mc Vaugh (Taxon 17: 409-410. 1968) questions the validity of Calyptro- genia. After much experience in the field, I am convinced this is a good genus. Much more material needs to be collected, both in flower or in fruit before this problem can be solved. Calyptrogenia so far in found only in Hispaniola. PRIMULACEAE Anagallis arvensis L. PUERTO RICO: Cerro Avispa, Cercadillo, Cayey, A. & P. Liogier, L. F. Martorell 33862 (UPR); native of western Europe, now widespread as a weed. A new record for Puerto Rico. CONVOLVULACEAE Cuscuta campestris Yuncker St. CROIX: in street, Christiansted, A. H. Liogier 34175 (UPR); cosmopolitan. A new record for St. Croix. ASCLEP [ADACEAE Cynanchum grisebachianum (Schlecht.) Alain St. JOHN: In thickets, near Coral Bay, A. H. Liogier 34241 (UPR); Puerto Rico, Lesser Antilles. A new record for St. John. RUBIACEAE Several authors have recently decided that Oldenlandia should be included into Hedyotis as a synonym. We have to establish the following new combinations for the Flora of Hispaniola: 172 PeHeYs Le Or OF GarrA Vol. 54, No. 2 Psidium calyptranthoides Alain (R. 0 Woodbury 20506). 1983 Liogier, Novitates antillanae pb Le Hedyotis nigrescens (Urban & Ekman) Alain, comb. nov. Oldenlandia nigrescens Urban & Ekman,Ark. Bot. 24 (4): 36. 1931. A narrow endemic in the mountains of the Dominican Republic, collected only once by Ekman (Type: Ekman 11712). Hedyotis selleana (Urban) Alain, comb. nov. ~ Uldenlandia selleana Urban, Repert. Sp. Nov. 16: 145. 1919. This species is endemic to Hispaniola, and has been collected many times, both in the Dominican Republic and in Haiti. The genus Borreria Meyer is also considered as a synonym to Spermacoce L. The following species in the Flora of Hispaniola need to be transferred: Spermacoce densiflora (DC.) Alain, comb. nov. Borreria densiflora DC., Prodr. 4: 542. 1830. Spermacoce spinosa L., Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 148. 1762, as name, not as to the plant, according to J. Steyermark. Borreria spinosa (L.) Cham. & Schl., Linnaea 3: 340. 1828. This species is found in Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, the Lesser Antilles and continental tropical America. It is very rare in Hispaniola. Spermacoce litoralis (Urban) Alain, comb. nov. Borreria litoralis Urban, Repert. Sp. Nov. 20: 352. 1924. This species, endemic to Hispaniola is found only on the northern coast both in Haiti and in the Dominican Republic. Spermacoce rosea (Urban) Alain, comb. nov. Borreria rosea Urban, Symb. Ant. 7: 414. 1912. An endemic to the high mountains in the Dominican Republic. The type specimen is from Constanza (Tuerckheim 3377). CUCURBITACEAE Psiguria pedata (L.) Howard St. CROIX: In forest, Estate Solitude, A. H. Liogier 34211 (UPR); Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico. A new record for St. Croix. POTAMOGETONACEAE Potamogeton illinoensis Morong PUERTO RICO: in water, floating, Rio Dorado, Toa Baja, A. H. Lio- gier 33773 (UPR); North America, Mexico, Central America, West Indies. A new record for Puerto Rico. GRAMINEAE Aristida swartziana Steud. PUERTO RICO: In dry thickets, Maruca, Guadnica, A. & P. Liogier, L. F. Martorell 33630 (det. S. Hatch); Jamaica, Hispaniola, Antigua, 114 PLAY ey OLE, 0 Garé Vol. 54, Now Barbuda. A new record for Puerto Rico. Brachiaria brizantha Stapf PUERTO RICO: A weed, at Gurabo Station, A. & P. Liogier 33485 (UPR); this species has been introduced as an experimental fodder plant, and is rapidly becoming a weed; native of tropical Africa. "Signal grass". Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Stapf St. CROIX: On roadside, Estate South Gate, A. H. Liogier 34185 (UPR); native of the Old World, introduced into the West Indies, a weed. New record for St. Croix. Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees PUERTO RICO: a weed in Santurce, A. Liogier 33717 (UPR); native of South Africa, introduced into the tropics and subtropics. A new record for Puerto Rico. Rottboellia exaltata L.f. St. CROIX: On roadside, Estate Canaan, A. Liogier 34228 (UPR); a native of southern Asia, introduced as a weed in the West Indies. A new record for St. Croix. Rhynchelytrum repens (Willd.) Hitchc. PUERTO RICO: In grassy places, Tortuguero, Vega Baja, A. H. & P. Liogier, L. F. Martorell 32992, 33473 (UPR); Las Mesas, Mayaguez, A. H. Liogier 30694 (UPR). R. Fosberg and M.-H. Sachet (Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 47: 1-3. 1981) separate the two species: T. repens (Willd.) Hitchc. and T. rosea Nees; they are easily separated by the color of the spike- lets, T. repens having pale glumes and T. rosea with pink glumes, among other differences. According to the two authors cited, T. repens is much rarer than T. rosea, and is more abundant in Africa. CYPERACEAE Bulbostylis capillaris (L.) Kunth ssp. antillana (Britt.) T. Koyama St. CROIX: In sand, Sandy Point, A. H. Liogier 34220 (UPR); Puerto Rico, Lesser Antilles. A new record for St. Croix. BROMELIACEAE Tillandsia ariza-juliae L. B. Smith & Jiménez PUERTO RICO: In forest, Maricao State Forest, A. H. Liogier 33783 (UPR) collected by Mr. Ram6n Cantero; Hispaniola. A new record for Puerto Rico. MUSACEAE Heliconia subulata R. & P. PUERTO RICO: In woods, Trujillo Alto, A. & P. Liogier 33489 (UPR) native of Guatemala through Central America, to Brazil and Bolivia. A new record for Puerto Rico. STUDIES ON Mikania (COMPOSITAE)-1xX W. Holmes Biology Department, Northwestern State University Natchitoches, LA 71457 Continued study of Mikania has resulted in the following comments on Mikania swartziana Griseb. and the description of one new species. The present paper is preliminary to a general treatment of the genus for the West Indies. MIKANIA SWARTZIANA Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 363. 1861. This is the first described Mikania from the West Indies belonging to a closely related group of slender twiners possessing thinly pedicelled racemose capitulescences. The plant was originally cited as occurring in Jamaica and Cuba, but the Cuban plants are currently referred to under the later names M. alba Taylor, M. hioramii B.L.Robins., and M. lindenii Moore. It has also been reported in Haiti by Moscoso (1943), but this seems to be based on inaccurate determination. It appears that M. swartzana is avery rare plant that is endemic to Jamaica. It has become apparent that the original diagnosis describes not only the Jamaican plant, but certain Mikania elements from Cuba. This is supported by the mention of this plant in Cuba by Grisebach (1861), thereby implying a specimen from there was utilized in preparing the original description. The matter is further complicated in that the type specimen of M. swartziana is composed of four separate fragments belonging to two different species, both from Jamaica. The essence, then, is that two or possibly three different species were utilized in preparing the description of M. swartziana. The description is unnecessarily broad and describes any of the previously mentioned species. It is therefore necessary to define the morphological limits of M. SWartziana to reflect its correct status. This can only be accomplished by determining which of the two elements that compose the type more nearly matches the original description. The largest fragment of the type (element A) is on the left Side of the sheet and consists of a stem about 25 cm long, three poorly pressed leaves, and a capitulescence. The leaves are ovate, S-nervate, and darkened on drying. The capitulescnce is composed of rather dense racemes with the heads’ borne close together. The exterior bracts are as long or slightly longer than the pedicel. The corolla is funnelform while the achene is densely glandular. The remaining three fragments (element B) are the two fragments on the right side and one on the upper center of the sheet. They are all the same and consist of al eiseen capitulescenses with a _ few 116 BH Yor70> LEONG eA Vol. 54, No. 2 bracteal leaves. The heads are more distantly spaced on the rachis of the capitulescence. The exterior bracts are much shorter than the pedicels. Corollas are tubular and the achene glabrous. The leaves are elliptic-oblong, 3-nervate, and have not darkened on drying. It is my judgment that the salient characters of the original description correspond more closely with element B. This is seen in the trinervate leaves, the heads being more distantly spaced, the clavate (more tubular) corolla, and the glabrous achenes. Therefore, the portions of the type specimen identified as element B in this paper are designated as the lectotype of M. swartziana. Additionally, this choice will better preserve current usage that describes M. swartziana as having trinervate leaves (Adams 1972 and Urban 1907). Lectotype: Jamaica, Swartz s.n. (S). Additional specimen examined: Jamaica, Wright s.n.(BM). The origina] choice of the type was unfortunate since three other specimens, apparently part of the same collection (therefore isotypes), are housed at Stockholm. The type appears to have been selected because it had more material on the sheet. Two of the other specimens possess cauline leaves and capitulescences of what is now M. swartziana and either would have constituted a homogenous type. The third specimen of this collection is essentially identical with element A, other than having two extraneous leaves of M. swartziana attached to the sheet, but not connected to the Major portion of the specimen. This specimen can now be described as follows: MIKANIA TENELLA W.Holmes, sp. nov. Suffrutex volubilis; foliis ovatis, 4-7.5 cm longis et 3-5 cm latis, apice caudatis breviter, basi rotundis, marginibus integris; racemis ca. 10 cm longis et 10 cm latis; capitulis ca. 3 mm longis; corollis 1.7-1.8 mm longis; dentibus limbi triangulatis, ca. 0.3 mm longis; achaenis ca. 1 mm Jlongis; pappi setis 27-33, ca. 2 mm longis; scabridis. Twining vine; stems terete, striate, glabrous; internodes 8-9 cm long. Leaf blades ovate, 4-7.5 cm long, 3-5 cm wide, apices Narrowed to short caudate tips, margins entire, bases rounded, upper surfaces glabrous, the nerves and veins obscure, lower surfaces glabrous, S-nervate with a pair of nerves originating very near the base, a second more prominent pair separating ca. 1 cm above the first, tertiary veinlets forming a somewhat obscure reticulate-areolate pattern below; petioles flexous, 8-10 mm long, glabrous. Capitulescence a compound raceme, ca. 10 cm high and 10 cm in diameter, the head bearing regions of the branchlets ca. 1.5 cm long, the heads 1.5-2 mm apart; lower bracts similar to cauline 1983 Holmes, Studies on Mikania 117 leaves, much reduced upwards, lanceolate, ca. 5S mm long; branchlets angular, glabrous; pedicels 0.8-1 mm long, glabrous. Heads ca. 3 mm long; exterior bracts subulate, ca. 1 mm long, glabrous, borne at the base of the pedicel. Phyllaries elliptic-ovate, ca. 2 mm Jong, glabrous, apices rounded, obscurely puberulent. Corolla ca. 1.7-1.8 mm Jong, tube ca. 0.75 mm long, throat funnelform, ca. 0.75 om long, teeth triangular, ca. 0.3 long, sparingly glandular. Achenes (immature) ca. 1 mm long, densely glandular. Pappus bristles white, ca. 2 mm long, scabrid, gradually thinning from base to apex (Fig. 1). TYPE: Jamaica, Swartz s.n (5). Mikania tenella is one of two species of the West Indies having a racemose capitulescence with the exterior bracts being longer in length than the pedicel. The other is the Cuban M. alba Taylor. That species differs in possessing thicker, prominently 3-nervate, lance-ovate leaves with the margins often being coarsely dentate. Opposite petioles are connected by a_ thickened stipule-like enation, a trait absent in M. tenella. The racemose capitulescence of M. alba has slightly larger heads that are more remotely spaced on the branchlets. The plant does not darken upon drying as does M. tenella. LITERATURE CITED Adams, C.D. 1972. Flowering Plants of Jamiaca. Univ. W. Ind. Press. Dervio. Grisebach, A.H.R. 1861. Flora Brit. W. Ind. Lovell] Reeve & Co. London. p.363. Moscoso, R.M. 1943. Catalogus Floraes Domingensis. p.676. Unbaneeue 1907.) syaby vAnt -VSsir226—2:7": Vol. 54, No. 2 PHY EO LONG aA 118 Y. Head X. Capitulescence. Mikania tenella W. Holmes. fe with exterior bract. Fig. Leaves and stem. ce A NEW POROPHYLLUM (ASTERACEAE : TAGETEAE) FROM SOUTHCENTRAL MEXICO B. L. TURNER Dept. of Botany, University of Texas, Austin 78712 Recent collections by the present author from the state of Hidalgo, Toliman Canyon, near Zimapan, has revealed the following cliff-dwelling novelty. Porophyllum zimapanum B.L. Turner, sp. nov. A Porophyllum warnockii floribus glabris, corollae tubulis faucibusque aequalibus, achaeniis parvioribus fere glabris, pappis 3-4 mm longis, phyllariis ca. 9 mm long apicibus pubescentibus differt. Suffruticose glabrous perennial herbs, 30-40 cm high, pendant from vertical bluffs. Stems bright green, wiry, 4-5 sulcate. Leaves mostly alternate, filiform, 3-5 cm long, glabrous, with 1-3 pustulate glands, 1-2 mm long, the larger mostly positioned 1-4 mm below the apex which, upon drying, causes the apex to recurve. Heads single, ca. 30-flowered, on somewhat recurved peduncles, 1-2 cm long. Involucre cylindric, ca. 30-flowered, glabrous except for the abruptly obtuse apices of each bract which bear a tuft of soft puberulent hairs; bracts 5, ca. 9 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, with 2 rows of 2-3 linear, orangish pustules. Receptacle hemispheric, glabrous, ca. 1.5 mm across. Corollas glabrous, pale yellow, ca. 5.5 mm long; tube 2.5-3.0 mm long, gradually merging into a narrowly funneliform throat, 2.5-3.0 mm long, the lobes 5, acute, 0.5-0.7 mm long. Achene body linear, ca. 5.5 mm long, black, very Sparsely white-hispid, especially above; pappus of ca. 20 hispidulous setae 2-4 mm long. TYPE : MEXICO. Hidalgo: exactly 10.5 mi W of Hotel Fundicion (in Zimapan) by dirt road to the very bottom of Barranca Toliman, then downstream to just before the barranca is at its narrowist. Plant found only upon vertical cliffs. 15 Mar 1983, B. L. Turner 15093 (holotype TEX; isotypes to be distributed). Among the floral features the most remarkable is the tufted (pubescent) involucral bracts, unknown among most Porophyllums of my acquaintance. The filiform leaves are also unique and differ from those of P. warnockii in possessing a large, linear, pustulate gland 2-4 mm below the apex, which upon drying causes the tip to recurve in the manner of a shepherd's cane. The comparable gland of P. warnockii, as noted by Johnson (1969), is 119 120 1) VC Ne ME (0) thy (0) (Gr at YN Vol. 54, No. 2 terminal and the leaves do not recurve dramatically at their apices. It should also be noted here that Johnson compares P. warnockii to P. filiforme, a species of northcentral Mexico with purple flowers and involucres, a species clearly remote from both P. warnockii and P. zimapanum. Porophyllum zimapanum is, however, clearly related to P. warnockii. The latter is known only from the type collections (Mexico State, District Temascaltepec, Nanchititla, along cliffs, Hinton 8469) and it too has filiform leaves and is a local bluff- dwelling species. They differ in a number of characters including both floral and involucral features as follows: P. zimapanum P. warnockii 1. tube/throat ratio 1. tube/throat ratio Cac etal Ga. Zed 2., corolla ca. 5.5 mm: Jiongs 2. corolla cas70iimme longs glabrous hispidulous 3. achene body ca. 5.5 mm long 3. achene body ca. 8.0 mm long 4. pappus 3-4 mm long 4. pappus 6-8 mm long 5. involucre 9 mm long 5. involucre 12-14 mm long 6. phyllaries pubescent at apex 6 phyllaries glabrous Porophyllum zimapanum occurs sporadically along the spectacular Barranca Toliman, along with several other cliff-dwelling endemics including Eupatorium karwinskianum and Polygala minutifolia Rose, the latter being, in habit, remarkably similar to Porophyllum Zimapanum. LITERATURE CITED Johnson, R. R. 1969. Monograph of the plant genus Porophyllum (Compositae:Helenieae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 47: 225- 267. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CLXX Harold N. Moldenke PAEPALANTHUS DUIDAE var. PARVIFOLIUS Mold.,, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis uniformiter brevioribus 1.5--3 cm. longis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its leaves being uniformly shorter, mostly only 1.5--3 cm. long. The variety is based on S. S. Tillett, P. Colvée, & al, 752- 349 from an elevation of 2750 m. between "Estaciones Ml y M2, unos km al NNO del faralldn del punto S del tepuf, en una zona escencialmente plana, con pequenas depresiones y colinas, mayormente de piedra arenisca, escasamente cubierta por una vegetacion de 2--3 dm, con abundante agua; las pequenhas colinas y sitios protegidos en las grietas con arbustos hasta 2.5 m. Cerro Matahuaca, al NE de, y casi contigua con, Cerro Duida, esta immediatemente al N de La Esmeralda (Lat. 03°10' N, Long. 65°31' 0), en el Alto Orinoco, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Venezuela", between February 2 and 9, 1975, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. me ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE, XC Harold N, Moldenke LACHNOCAULON ANCEPS (Walt.) Morong Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 54: 70 & 80--81. 1983. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Hillsborough Co.: Cochrane, Cochrane, & Hansen 8846 (Ld, Ws). Leon Cos: N. C. Henderson 64-252 (Go). Sarasota Co.: Perkins 475 (It). Volusia Co.: R. Kral 18449 (Mi). County undetermined: Chapman s.n. [Florida] (N). ALABAMA: Coffee Co.: Haynes 7285 (N). Covington Co.: R. Kral 20629 (Mi). Mobile Co.: Thomas, Allen, & Landry 43088 (Ne--103266). Washington Co.: R. Kral 26526 (Mi). MISSISSIPPI: George Co.: J. Taylor 21370 (Ne--165937). Pearl River Co.: S. Darwin 1435 (Ne--177268); F. H. Sargent 9218 (Go). Stone Co.: Thomas, Allen, & Landry 42957 (Ne--101794). LOUISIANA: Beaure- gard Par.: Thomas & al, 14556 (Ne--53078), 23981 (Ne--53079, Ne--62125). Natchitoches Par.: Carroll 1800 (Ne--181703); R. Kral 16942 (Mi), 20685 (Mi); Thomas, Allen, & al. 41401 (Ne-- 106222); Thomas & Pias 49237 (Ne--122341). Sabine Par.: Car- roll 1742 (Ne--181481). Saint Tammany Par.: R. D. Thomas 65311 (N--160313, Ne--160314); Thomas & al. 40549 (Ne--93203), 49486 Eo 122 PHY ©£O L016 TA Vol. 54, No. 2 (Ne--123530); Thomas & Moreland 65853 (Ne--159003). Vernon Par.: R. D. Thomas 38123 (Ne--87156); Thomas & al. 14560 (Ne--53077); Thomas & Grelen 71863 (Ne--175087), 71890 (Ne--175739). Washing- ton Par.: Re D. Thomas 29196 (Ne--65746). TEXAS: Hardin Co.: Correll, Correll, Amerson, & Watson 38791 (N, N)3; Crockett 560 (It). Newton Co.: Correll & Ogden 25132 (N). Tyler Co.: Correll 35836 (N), 37248 (N). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Urb., Symb. Ant. 1: 492, 1900 (W). LACHNOCAULON ANCEPS £,. GLABRESCENS Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 464, 1979; Mold., Fifth Summ, 18, 22, 32, 41, 91, & 606. 1980; Mold., Phyto- Jogdiay 50s) 23486n23 6m G982) seo 2el & 13 (982) Scand S4:e8is 1983, Recent collectors have encountered this plant in black mucky soil in low marshy areas, in sandy peat of flatwoods bogs, in Sarracenia-type bogs, and "in fine sandy soil of open pastures with grass, small scattered pines, etc.", in flower in May and both in flower and fruit in July and September. Material of this form has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as typical L. anceps (Walt.) Mcrong, L. minus (Chapm.) Small. and Syngonanthus flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl. Additional citations: GEORGIA: Brooks Co.: R. Kral 28694 (Mi). FLORIDA: Hillsborough Co.: Lakela 30131 (Ne--53081). Manatee Co.: Perdue 1765 (Mi); Tracy 7586 (It). LOUISIANA: Beauregard Par.: R. Kral 20204 (Mi). Sabine Par.: Carroll 1441 (Ne--181010). Vernon Par.: Gregory & Eiten 23 (Mi). LACHNOCAULON BEYRICHIANUM Sporleder Synonymy: Lachnocaulon beyrichianum "Sporleder ex Korn." a- pud Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U.S. 521. 1979. Eriocaulon beyrichianum Sporleder, in herb. Additional bibliography: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 520--522 & 524, fig. 302. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 463--467 (1979) and 42: 41. 1979; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 16, 18, 19, 22, 25, 413, & 606. 1980; Duncan & Kartesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 36. 1981; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Fl. Cent, Fla. 125 & 126. 1982. Additional illustrations: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pll. Southeast. U. S. 522, fig. 302. 1979). Recent collectors have encountered this plant at the sandy edges of pocosins, in areas of longleaf pine-turkey oak sand- hills and their margins, in bulldozed sandy areas in slash pine savannas, and in bogs and their margins, in both flower and fruit in July. Wunderlin (1982) lists it from the "Margins of ponds and wet prairies. Occasional; nearly throughout [central Florida]", flowering there in the summer. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Bladen Co.: DePoe & DePoe 7423 (Ne--76809); R. Kral 14657 (Mi), 27194 (Mi, W-- 2673950), 27199 (Mi). New Hanover Co.: Godfrey Pl. Exsicc,. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 23 Gray. 926 (It, Mi). GEORGIA: Baker Co.: Thorne & Ford 2024 (It). FLORIDA: Lake Co.: Nash 148 (It). Polk Co.: Schallert s.n. [4/ 30/41] (It). Saint Lucie Co.: R, Kral 18378 (Mi). Volusia Co,.: R. Kral 20441 (Mi). LACHNOCAULON CUBENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 36: 497. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 89 & 606. 1980. LACHNOCAULON DIGYNUM K8rn. Additional bibliography: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 520 & 527--529, fig. 306. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 465. 1979; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist WasGe Ble 2: 197. «19803 Mold.., Phytol. Mem. 23722525, 26, A413, & 607. 1980. Additional illustrations: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 528, fig. 306. 1979. LACHNOCAULON EKMANNII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 22 & 23. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 89 & 607. 1980. LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI Ruhl. Additional synonymy: Lachnocaulon emileri Ruhl, ex Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389, sphalm. 1974. lLachnocaulon engleri var. engleri [Ruhl.] ex J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197.°1980. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wet. Pl. Southeast. U.S, 520, 524, 526, & 527, fig. 305. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 465 & 466. 1979; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem; 2: 22, 25, 213, & 607. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 261. 1982; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla, 126. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 53: 344, 1983. Additional illustrations: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 526, fig. 305. 1979. Wunderli (1982) calls this plant "bog-buttons" and lists it from wet prairies, "Occasional; nearly throughout [central Florida], where it is said to flower in the "Summer". Additional citations: FLORIDA: Lake Co.: Nash 1184 (It--iso- type). Martin Co.: R. Kral 18235 (Mi). Okaloosa Coe: N. Ce Henderson 64-351 (Go). County undetermined Chapman s.n, [sandy shores of the Gulf] (N). LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI £, ABLUDENS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 465, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 22 & 607. 1980. LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI var. CAULESCENS Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 465. 1979; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl, 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 22, 25, 413, & 607. 1980. 124 PeHOY 0 OG Va vA Vol. 54, No. 2 LACHNOCAULON GLABRUM KUrn. Additional bibliography: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 524. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 466. 1979;J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 22, 25, 4k3, & 607. 1980; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla. 126. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 52: 112 (1982), 53: 286 & 463 (1983), and 54: 81. 19283. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in sandy peat of pineland savanna pond margins and in sandy peat of slash pine- palmetto flatwoods bogs. Kral reports that it forms large circu- lar tufts of hundreds of scapes in Sarasota County, Florida. It has been found in both flower and fruit by recent collectors in July and August. The Abel s.n. [25 March '72], distributed as L. glabrum, actu- ally is Syngonanthus flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Brevard Co.: R. Kral 18418 (Mi). Broward Co.: D. Weber 26 (Ne--173099). DeSoto Coe: R. Kral 17969 (Mi). Palm Beach Co.: Muenscher & Muenscher 14057 (It). Sara- sota Cos: R. Krall 17955 (Mi). LACHNOCAULON MINUS (Chapm.) Small Additional & emended bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292 & 389 (1974) and A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni, Revist. Bras. Bot. 1: [59]. 1978; Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 520, 524, 525, & 527, fig. 304. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 463--467. 1979; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 197. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 16, 18, 19, 22, 25, 413, & 607. 1980; Duncan & Kartesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 36. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 52: 111 & 112. 1982; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla. 125 & 126. 1982. Additional illustrations: Kral in Godfrey & Wooten, Aquat. Wetl. Pl. Southeast. U. S. 525, fig. 304. 1979. Wunderlin (1982) avers that this species grows along the mar- gins of ponds and wet prairies, occasionally, but nearly through- out central Florida, flowering there in "Summer". He calls it "bog—-buttons". The Sieren 288, distributed as L. minus, actually is L. anceps (Walt.) Morong, while Lakela 30131 is L. anceps f. glabrescens Mold. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Brunswick Co.: Bradley & Stevenson 3306 (Mi). Onslow Co.: Randolph & Randolph 977 (It). SOUTH CAROLINA: Berkeley Co.: Bozeman & Logue 11355 (Ne--53080). Jasper Co.: Wiegand & Manning 688 (It). GEORGIA: Baker Co.: Thorne 5047 (It). Early Co.: Thorne 4964 (It). FLORIDA: Leon Co.: N. C. Henderson 64-238 (Go). Lake Co.: Nash 1295 (It). Suwannee Co.: Wiegand & Manning 689 (It). Volusia Co.: Curtiss 6894 (It). Walton Co.: Curtis 3022 (It, Mi), 5911 (It). LEIOTHRIX Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Wettstein, Denk- schr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-nat. 79: 87. 1908; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 5, 376. 1925; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Specé¢ 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Friocaulaceae 25 Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 181. 1927; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 6, imp. 1, 376 (1931), ed. 6, imp. 2, 376 (1948), ed's 6, imp. 3, 376 (1951), ‘and ed. 7, 418, (653, & LO740 1966; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 106, 180, & 270. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A.23: 291, 292, & 389. 1974; Galvdo & Cavalcante, Bot. Mus. Para. Goeldi, ser. 2, Bot. 1-40 Ind. 3, 14, & 15. 1975; Thanikai- moni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn, Inst, Franc. Pond. 13: 132 & 285. 1976; C. D. Cook in Heywood, Flow, Pl. World 282. 1978; Giu- lietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: 63. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni, Revist, Bras. Bot. 1: [59]--64, fig. 1--12. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 118 (1978) and 41: 467--470 & 508, 1979; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43]--45, 47--49, 54, & 59, fig. 90--100. 1979; Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog. Bras. 2: 206. 1979; Angely, S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 671. 1980; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.25: 324, 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 36, 40, & 507. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 116, 122, 134, 145--147, 174, 180, 401, 404, 405, 419, 424, 425, 427, 428, 444, 446, 607--608, & 627. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl, Bahia 73. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245, 262, & 508. 1982; Tillett & Steyerm., Ernstia 9: 3. 1982; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clav. Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 213. 1983; Mold., Phyto- logia 52: 506 (1983), 53: 460--461 & 504 (1983), and 54: 66. 1983. LEIOTHRIX AFFINIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 15. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 286. 1928 (N, W). LEIOTHRIX AMAZONICA Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 95. 1972; Galvao & Cavalcante, Bot. Mus. Para Goeldi, ser. 2 Bot., 1-40 Ind. 3 & 15. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Steyermark & Wurdack describe this plant as having ascending, membranous, pale-green, pubescent leaves, tawny-brown involucres, and powdery-white flowering-heads "with grayish outer margins" and describe is as frequent in swampy savannas, at 1940 m,. alti- tude, in both flower and fruit in February, Their collection has previously been cited erroneously and distributed as L. flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Steyermark & Wurdack 400(W--2168508, W--2407718). LEIOTHRIX ANGUSTIFOLIA (KUrn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.3l1: 18. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 467. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. 126 PAH Yel ONE OG wiEsA Vol. 54, No. 2 LEIOTHRIX ARAXAENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. Ae23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. reyes, LG SiC! ales) (amp) Gamble geo al) (Gielen Wade LEIOTHRIX ARECHAVALETAE (K8rn. ) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 25. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 180 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: URUGUAY: Herter 1774 [Herb. Herter 95663] (E--1098751), 1774b (E--1314659). LEIOTHRIX ARETIOIDES Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 96. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX ARGENTEA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 467. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX ARGYRODERMA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 15 (1976) and 37: 25. 19773; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Lua & Nogueira 16 (Fe--14448). LEIOTHRIX ARGYRODERMA var. BREVIPES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 467--468. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX ARRECTA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 25. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Maguire, Mendes Magalhdes, & Maguire 49065 (W--2435330). LEIOTHRIX ARRECTA var. SENAEANA Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 97. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX BARREIRENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 97. 1972; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 283--284, 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX BECKII (Szysz.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 97. 1972; Mold., Phytol. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Recent collectors have found this plant among low vegetation in wet sites on rocky hills, at 2300 m. altitude. Araujo & Maci- 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 127 el report it "frequent" or "very frequent in shaded places, It has recently been collected in both flower and fruit in August and October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 4597 [Herb. FEEMA 20802] (N), 5214 [Herb. FEEMA 22973] (N); Maas & Martinelli 3170 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX BECKII var. FALCIFOLIA Beauverd Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 97, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 297. 1908 (W). LEIOTHRIX CELIAE Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 97, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 116 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX CRASSIFOLIA (Bong.) Ruhl, Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum, 2: [Cyp.] 280 & 333. 1855; Mold., P-ytologia 25: 97. 1972; Giuli- etti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 45, 47, 54, & 59, fig. 90--94. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional illustrations: Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: 59, fig. 90--94. 1979. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach, Smith, & Ayensu 28777 (W--2653334); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20073 (W--2598327). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 34. 1831 (W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 572. 1841 (W). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 468, 1979; Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog. Bras. 2: 206. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145, 419, 446, & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 22230 (W--2582561A). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 27 & 28. 1831 (W, W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 574. 1841 (W, W). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. GLABRESCENS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 15 (1976) and 37: 270. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach, Smith, & Ayensu 28792 (W--2653332). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. LANUGINOSA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 468, 1979; Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog. Bras. 2: 206. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 27. 1831 (W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 574. 1841 (W). 128 PAH ay ol O07 LgOsG, TA Vol. 54, No. 2 LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. MICROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 26 & 33. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36203 (W--2709590); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20074 (W--2598307). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silty), 9 bl. Monta: 296. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. PLANTAGO (Mart.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 26. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145, 419, & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 30178 (W--2705857); Hatschbach, Smith, & Ayensu 28797 (W--2653333)3; Ir- win, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20311 (W--2598442); L. B. Smith 6840 (W--2120209). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: KUrn. in Marto, Fl. Bras.sse Gs 426. 18€3 (W). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. PROLIFICA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 99, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. SETACEA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 468. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 30064 (W--2705961); Hatschbach, Smith, & Ayensu 28962 (W--2653336); Ir- win, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20798 (W--2598308), 21002 (W--2705961). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. SUBGLAUCESCENS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 99, 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1983. LEIOTHRIX CUSCUTOIDES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 26. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980, LEIOTHRIX DIELSII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 468. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a small herb, to 15 cm. tall, the inflorescences white, and have encountered it in restinga, flowering in October. The Maas & Carauta 3148 collection, cited below, is a mixture with Paepalanthus tortilis (Bong.) Mart. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Maas & Carauta 3148 in part (Ut—-3551128); sagadas-Vianna, Lau, Ormond, Machline, & Lorédo 158 (W--2370791). LEIOTHRIX DIELSII var. VILAVELHENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 15. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 129 LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOCLADA Herzog Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 289. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl, Bahia 73. 1980, Recent collectors describe this plant as a slender tufted herb, 25--35 cm. tall, the leaves more or less erect, distichously ar- ranged, pale-green, the involucral bractlets pale-brown or whitish and pale-brown only at the base, the flowering-heads white, and the florets "white or off-white". They have encounter- ed it in "disturbed marshes below sandstone rock outcrops", in "marshes in areas of sandstone, metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with associated marshes and damp flushes", among sand- stone rocks and in open scrub on rocky hillsides, and in campo rupestre, at 500--1850 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February, March, and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, San- tos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18760 (W--2936309), 19552 (Ld, N, W-- 2936305), 19585 (Ld, N, W--2936288), 19732 (Ld, N, W--2936321), 19901 (Ld, N, W--2936311); Mori & Benton 13596 (Ld, N); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12483(Ld, W--2854267), 12590 (Ld, W-- 2854266). LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOCLADA f. BRACTEOSA Herzog Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 99. 1972; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOCLADA var. GLANDULOSA Herzog Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 289, 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Herzog, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 88. 1924 (W). LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 129--130. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 287--288. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX DUBIA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 468. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonséca, Souza, Santos, & Ramos 27648a (W--2861739); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20979 (W--2598448). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., FL. Mont. 1: pl. 193. 1928 (id). LEIOTHRIX DUBIA var. VILLOSA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 22. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX ECHINOCEPHALA Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 468--469, 1979; 130 PH YL OF LT OrG wiz Vol. 54, No. 2 Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 40914 (W--2840086). LEIOTHRIX EDWALLII Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 22. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 70. 1908 (W). LEIOTHRIX FLAGELLARIS (Guill.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 130. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Ruhl. in Wettstein, Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-nat. 79: 87. 1908; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.].181. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytcl. Mem. 2: 116, 122, 134, 145, 146, 174, 401, 405. 419, 424, 425, 427, 428, & 607. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 73. 1980; Tillett & Steyerm., Ernstia 9: 3, 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245 (1982) and 54: 66. 1983. Recent collectors have encountered this plant along sandy road- sides, in wet places with sandy soil in campo rupestre, around rocky exposures, and "frequent" in wet soil of brejo, at 950-- 2600 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February, March, July, and August. They describe the plant as a rosette herb, to 70 cm. tall, forming tussocks of pale-green or bright-green, con- colorous, slightly fleshy, soft, ascending, rather broad leaves, the scapes (peduncles) yellow-brown, to 50 cm. long, the inflor- escences white or brownish-white, the outer involucral bractlets pale-brown or "very pale brown", the inner ones whitish, and the florets white, The leaves on Fosberg 43329 are rather shorter than usual. Harley and his associates found the plant growing in marshes "in areas of sandstone, metamorphic, and quartzite rock outcrops with associated marsh and damp flushes", "in open scrub on white sand with damp areas and extensive sedge meadows (brejo) partly burned over", and "in damp flushes on lower escarpments in a re- gion of sandstone, conglomerate, metamorphic, and quartzite rock outcrops with associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes, grassland, and marshes in some areas". Tessmann & Frenzel found it "em lugares pantanosos de vez em quando", describing it as having the "flor branca, anteras branca amarelada". Other col- lectors have referred to it as an "infrequent herb in wet sand on sandstone outcrops with:a sterile white sand overlying black sand with Ericaceae, Weinmannia, and melastomes abundant. Material of this species has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as Paepalanthus sp. Knuth (1927) cites Connell & Quelch 9, 10, & 327 and ImThurn 60 from Roraima, Venezuela. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 13 The Steyermark & Wurdack 400, distributed and previously cited by me as L. flavescens,actually is L. amazonica Mold., while Maguire & Fanshawe 32537 is L. flavescens var. alpina Mold, and Steyermark 93201 is L. umbratilis Mold. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Steyermark 58252 (W--1901766). Bolivar: Steyermark 94503 (W--25841120); Steyer- mark & Liesner 128132 (Ld). PERU: Amazonas: Luteyn & Lebron- Luteyn 5525 (N). BRAZIL: Bahia: Carvalho & Gatti 834 (Ld); Har- ley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18837 (Ld, N, W-- 2936287), 19586 (Ld, N, W--2936307), 19662 (Ld, N, W--2936290); Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32384 (W--2709588); Mori 12957 (Ld, N); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12498 (Ld, W--2854262), 12510 (Ld, W--2854274). Distrito Federal: Héringer, Filgueiras, Mendonga, & Pereira 7488 (W--2971677). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 41333 (N), 41526 (Ld), 42869 (Ld, W--2931777); Maguire, Mendes Magal- haes, & Maguire 49248 (W--2435295). Parana: Dombrowski 6892 (Ld); Reitz & Klein 17467 (W--2548326), 17908 (W--2548327); Smith, Klein, & Hatschbach 14564 (W--2573032); Tessmann & Frenzel 763 (Eu--4763). Santa Catarina: Reitz 4921 (W--2321365); Reitz & Klein 5874 (W--2321244); Ule 1306 (W--2699201). Sao Paulo: Fosberg 43329 (W——2724068). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 28. 1831 (W); Klotzsch in Schomb., Faun, Fl. Brit. Gaian. 1064. 1848 (W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 575. 1841 (W). LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS var. ALPINA Mold. Additional bibliography:Mold., Phytologia 37: 27. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 116, 122, & 607. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 245. 1982; Tillett & Steyerm., Ernstia 9: 3. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as having its leaves stiff, brittle, lustrous medium- to light-green, the peduncles lustrous medium olive-green, the "phyllaries" lustrous mediun- brown, and the flower-heads chalk-white to tan-gray, the plants to 30 cm. tall. They have encountered it on open sandy banks along rivers and "locally frequent" on savannas, as well as in dry sand, at 1100--2750 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February and November. The Maguire & Fanshawe collection, cited below, was previously distributed as and even cited by me as typical L, flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. The Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno 128165 collection, also cited below, is a mixture with Syngonanthus acopanensis Mold. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Tillett, Colvée, & al. 752-355 (Ve). Bolivar: Steyermark, Esponosa, McDiarmid, & Brewer-Carias 116061 (Ld); Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno 128165 in part (Ld). GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 32537 (N, W--2168883). LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS var. CHIMANTENSIS Mold., Phytologia 54: 66. 1983. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 54: 66. 1983. Collectors describe this plant as having green leaves and gray or pale-gray flower-heads. They have found it growing in sandy 132 Pe Yin O'sle ORG iA Vol. 54, No. 2 openings, in wet open fields, forming small colonies in grass and low scrub of Mallophyton chimantensis, and "frequent in rocky areas in Chimantaea mirabilis vegetation, at altitudes of 2200-- 2450 m., in both flower and fruit in January and February. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Huber & Steyermark 7003 (Ld), 7017 (Ld), 7185 (Ld); Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E. 128255 (Ld), 128382 (Ld--type). LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS var. GLABRA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 131. 1973; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 145 & 607. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 291. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS var. PARVIFOLIA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 289, 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Dombrowski 9440 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX FLEXUOSA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 45. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 607. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silvan nile Monte 225302) pl. 89) L928 eda N, Wie LEIOTHRIC FLUITANS (Mart.) Rvhl. Additional bibliography: Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 4: 105--112. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 37: 27--28. 1977; Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni, Revist. Bras. Bot. 1: [59]-- 64, fig. 1--12. 1978; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Unive S. Paullo’7: [431], 45, 47, 49, & 54.) 19793) Molde ehytoil. Mem. 2: 346, 607, & 627. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 262. 1982. Additional illustrations: Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni, Revist. Bras. Bot. 1: 61 & 62, fig. 1--12. 1978. Monteiro-Scanavacca & Mazzoni (1978) have studied in detail the sporogenesis, development of gametophytes, embryo, endosperm, and the wall of the dispersal unit of this species. The microspore tetrads are of the tetrahedral type. The pollen-grains are shed at the two-cell stage. The pendulous, orthotropous ovule is bitegmic and tenuinucellate, Megasporogenesis and development of the fe- male gametophyte conform to the Polygonum type. An oblique T-shaped tetrad of megaspores is usual and an endothelium is present. Embryo development follows the Asteroid type. The endosperm is free nu- cellear and becomes cellular later. The wall of the dispersal unit is formed by the pericarp and the seed coat. LEIOTHRIX FLUMINENSIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 289--290 (1974) and 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146, 419, & 607. 1980. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 133 LEIOTHRIX FLUMINENSIS var. PUBERULA Mold, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem, 2: 146, 419, & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX FULGIDA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 607. 1980. LEIOTHRIX GLANDULIFERA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 132. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. e204. 0 L928..(W)i6 LEIOTHRIX GLAUCA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Stlveg sk be Mont. 1: 279, ple 185..1928 (id, W). LEIOTHRIX GOMESII Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 132. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608, 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: Fl. Mont. 1: 289. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX GOUNELLEANA Beauverd Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 132. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 298, 1908 (W). LEIOTHRIX GRAMINEA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 28. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 27. 1831 (W); Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 574. 1841 (W). LEIOTHRIX HATSCHBACHII Mold., Phytologia 25: 229, nom. nud. & 27: 349--350, fig. 1. 1973. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Illustrations: Mold., Phytologia 27: 350, fig. 1. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mold., Phytolo- gia 27: 350, fig. 1. 1973 (Ld—original drawings). LEIOTHRIX HETEROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 300, pl. 187. 1928 (Ld, W). 134 PANCYoT CO UnIONG: TAA Vol. 54, No. 2 LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA (Wikstr.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 73. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect, tufted, sun- loving herb, 30--50 cm. tall, the leaves distichous, erect, bright- or light- to mid-green, boat-shaped and keeled at the apices, with soft, white, spreading hairs, the heads, including the bractlets, pale-cream or off-white to white, the old involucral bractlets pale-brown, or "stems and leaves green, hairy, heads white. They have found it growing in tufts in restinga and open restinga, "infrequent in shade on damp ground", "in damp sand in open restinga in areas of mixed restinga with high forest, bushy areas, damp open ground, and marshes", in a region of waterworn horizontally bedded sandstone at the soil surface, with damp sand, sedge marsh, exposed rock, and waterfalls, the vegetation open scrub to closed low woodland in the drier areas", in wet ground on campo rupestre, in damp sand of shallow campo normally flooded, and in “open scrub on white sand with damp areas and ex- tensive sedge meadows (brejo)", from sealevel to 1000 mn. altitude, in both flower and fruit from January to March, in flower also in September. Araujo & Maciel refer to it as a "frequent helio- phile". Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 17974 (K), 18007 (N), 18054 (W-- 2936310), 18828 (Ld, N), 19201 (N); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12627 (Ld, W--2854277); Mori, Mattos Silva, Kallunki, Santos, & Pereira dos Santos 9664 (N), 9695 (N, N); Santos, Mori, & Mattos Silva 3359 (ld). Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 5233 [Herb. FEEMA 22970] (N); Lira 202 [Rocha 140; Herb. FEEMA 17468] (Ld); Souza 102 [Herb. FEEMA 17319] (Ld). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, ems, HAlG SR SSO) i SSW aleyail (GRA WDC LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA var. BLANCHETIANA (K8rn,) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 73. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an herb, to 12 cm. tall. the "stems" [peduncles] and leaves pale-green, white-hairy or hispid, the leaves suberect, soft, pale-green, to 5 mm. wide, the heads white or stramineous, 5 mm wide, the involucral bracts very pale-brown or stramineous, hairy. They have found it growing in restinga alagado and in "sandy soil of probably orig- inal restinga", at 10 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February, May, and October. Harley and his associates found it in damp sand on shallow campos normally flooded and in "open scrub on white sand with damp areas and extensive sedge meadows (brejo) partly burned over" in a general region of "mixed res- tinga on drier ground with areas of normally wet sedge meadows", It has been found from sealevel to 950 m. altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18054 (Ld, N), 18822 (Ld, N); Har- 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 135 ley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 16663 (W-=- 16663); Mattos Silva & Santos 756 (Ld); Mori, Mattos Silva, & Santos 10508 (N). Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 5239 [Herb. FEEMA 22961] (N); Maas & Carauta 3141 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA var. OBTUSA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 23. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mort. Pe2ol. 1928. (W). LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA var. TONSILIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 469. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980, LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA £. VIVIPARA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 290. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX ITACAMBIRENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 307. 1928 (W) & pl. 194 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX LANIFERA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 133. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 295. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX LINEARIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 133. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 298. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX LONGIPES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608, 1980, Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 303--304. 1928 (W) & pl. 190 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX LUXURIANS (KU8rn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 28 & 31. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146, 444, & 608. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35480 (W--2709589); Hatschbach 30065 (W--2706044); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20168 (W--2569050A). LEIOTHRIX MENDESII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 134, 1973; Angely, 136 PUB YsreO lL ORG eA Vol. 54, Nowe S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 671. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX MICHAELII Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 304. 1928 (W) & pl. 191. 1928 (1d). LEIOTHRIX MICHAELII var. LONGIPILOSA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 134. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX MILHO-VERDENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 134. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 291-- 292. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX MUCRONATA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 28. 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 53: 460--461. 1983. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 28. 1831 (W). LEIOTHRIX MUCRONATA var. GLABRA Mold., Phytologia 53: 460--461. 1983. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 53: 460--461. 1983. The Steyermark collection cited below, the type collection of this taxon, was previously incorrectly distributed and cited as Syngonanthus acopanensis Mold. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Steyermark 75926(W--2407779-— type). LEIOTHRIX NUBIGENA (Kunth) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 28. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2 [Cyp.]: 281. 1855 (W). LEIOTHRIX OBTUSIFOLIA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 23. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silvey, He Sern. Min. (69. 1908) (w)ismAdivicy Silvey) Ed's) Monte: lsepits 182551928) (Ed; W)l. LEIOTHRIX PEDUNCULOSA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 291. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 1:37 LEIOTHRIX PILULIFERA (K8rn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 291 (1974) and 45: 36. 1980; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.35: 324. 1980; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX PILULIFERA var. HARLEYI Mold., Phytologia 45: 36. 1980. Bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.35: 324. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 35. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980, Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19328 (N--isotype). LEIOTHRIX POLYSTEMMA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 135. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 293-- 294. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX POLYSTEMMA var. ROBUSTA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 135. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 294. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX PROLIFERA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 135. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc, 352. 1831 (W); Kunth; °Enum. ‘Pl, 3: 577. 1841.) LEIOTHRIX PROPINQUA (KUrn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 28--29. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX RETRORSA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 185. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 299. 1928 (W) & pl. 186. 1928 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX RUFULA (A. St.-Hil.) Ruhl. Additional synonymy: Leiothrix rufula "L. C. Rich. in Walp." in herb, Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 4787. US77 Mold., Phytologia 37: 29. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146, 404, & 608. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a heliophile, frequent in restinga. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 3530 [Herb. FEEMA 16159] (Ld), 5176 [Herb. FEEMA 23036] (N). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 530. 1841 (W); Mart., Flora 24, Beibl. 2: 58, 1841 (W); A. St.-Hil., Linnaea 16: Lit. 187. 1842 (W);.Walp., Ann. 1: 890, 1848 (W). 138 BeBe TORE TOG, iA Vol. 54, No. 2 LEIOTHRIX RUFULA var. BREVIPES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 4787. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 37: 29. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX RUFULA var. ELATIOR (KUrn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 136. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX SCHLECHTENDALII (KUrn. ) Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 29. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 73. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as having the "shoots flattened", leaves gray, and flower-heads white, and have found it growing among sandstone rocks and open scrub on rocky hillsides, in wet sandy soil among rocks, and on campo rupestre, at 500-- 1100 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in February, March, and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18760 (Ld), 18760a (Ld, N, N), 18770 (Ld, N); Hatschbach & Guimaraes 42352 (Ld, N, W--2931619), 42361 (Ld); Mori & Benton 13528 (Ld, N); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12369 (Ld, W—2854244); Ribeiro, Mattos Silva, & Hage 25 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX SCLEROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 37: 29. 1977; Monteiro, Giulietti, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43], 45, 47, 54, & 59, fig. 95--100. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Illustrations: Monteiro, Giulietti, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: 59, fig. 95--100. 1979. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. B. Smith 6844 (W--2120213). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 1183)5) 1928) (id). LEIOTHRIX SINUOSA Giulietti Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 470. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX SPERGULA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 470. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX SPIRALIS (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 29. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608, 1983. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 34, 1831 (W). LEIOTHRIX STEYERMARKII Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 137. 1973; Mold., 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 139 Phytol. Mem. 2: 116 & 608. 1980, The Koyama & Agostini 7515, distributed as L, steyermarkii, actually is the type collection of Syngonanthus duidae var, longi- folius Mold. LEIOTHRIX SUBULATA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 137. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 288, 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX TENUIFOLIA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 137. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 285. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX TINGUENSIS Herzog Additional synonymy: Leiothrix tinquensis Herzog, in herb. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 24. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 73. 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in wet sandy depressions in pine woods, in both flower and fruit in May. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Renvoize, Ersk- ine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 16075 (W--2771329);, Mori & Boom 14147 (Ld, N). LEIOTHRIX TRIANGULARIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 186. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl]. Mont. 1: 305--306. 1928 (W) & pl. 192. 1928 (Ld, W). LEIOTHRIX TRICHOPUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 137. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980, Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 281. 1928 (W). LEIOTHRIX TRIFIDA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 186, 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 146 & 608. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. e277... 1928 (W)c& pl. 184 (Ed, W). LEIOTHRIX TURBINATA Gleason Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 29, 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 116 & 608. 1980, Recent collectors found this plant growing on swampy savannas, at 2200 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in January and Feb- ruary. 140 Bebe LOR ONG Tera Vol. 54, No. 2 Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 37031 (W--2168995), 37196 (W--2168991); Maguire, Wurdack, & Maguire 42114 (W) Steyermark & Delascio 129249 Gide iad). Bolivar: Steyersark, Huber, & Carreno E, 128376 (1d); Steyermark & Nilsson 593 W--2400113). LEIOTHRIX UMBRATILIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 470. 1979; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 116, 147, & 608. 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in swampy savan- nas, in sheltered spots at the base of large rocks, and "in large grass-green clumps in rocky wet savannas dominated by Stegolepis and Cottendorfia, with Nieyneria, Tofieldia, Xyris, Abolboda, and Lagenocarpus also present, at 1490--2200 m. altitude, in flower in January, February, and May, and in fruit in May. Steyer- mark describes it as “terrestrial, leaves soft, membranous, rich- green", His no. 93201, cited below, was previously regarded by me as the closely related L. flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Wurdack, & Maguire 42353 (W). Bolivar: Maguire & Maguire 40419 (W—- 2169049); Steyermark 93201 (Lw, N, W--2584115); Steyermark, Berry, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 117345 (Ld); Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E. 128376 (Ld). LEIOTHRIX UMBRATILIS var. BREVIPES Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 470. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 116 & 608. 1980. LEIOTHRIX VIVIPARA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389 (1974) and A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 37: 30 (1977) and 41: 420. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 608. 1980. Hatschbach encountered this plant in sandy areas of campo ru- pestre. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 44686 (Ld); Irwin, Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 23372(W--2582550A). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 577. 1841 (W). LEIOTHRIX VIVIPARA var. ANGUSTA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 470. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 608. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 21005 (W--2598445). LEIOTHRIX VIVIPARA var. LONGIPILOSA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 16. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 147 & 608. 1980. MESANTHEMUM KUrn. Additional synonymy: Mesanthium Lotsy, Vortr. Bot. Stammesges. 3 (1): 707 sphalm. 1911. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 141 Additional & emended bibliography: Durand, Ind, Gen, Phan, 454, 1888; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 219, 361, & 623. 1904; Domin, Ann, Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 247. 1911s ‘Lotey, Vortr. Stammesges. 3 (1): 707, 1911; Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 121, pl. 15. Toads Co Willis, Dict. Flows Pls, ed. 55 4200(1925)candied 56, 421. 1951; Goudet-Ducellier, Reserch. Palynol. Pl. Hydroph. [D. E.S. Fac. Sci. Univ. Dij.] 1--59. 1967; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 73, 120, & 270. 1970; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. 12 (2): 81. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn, Inst, Franc. Pond. 13: 150 & 285. 1976; Giulietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: 63. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.3l1: 17 & 18. 1978; Mold., Phy- tologia 41: 421, 424, 470--473, & 508 (1979), 45: 40 & 508. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 200, 201, 203, 205--211, 213, 215--217, BLU geee4.s 12215 22952345 236, 238; 241; 250, 4045 404, 4055-4235 & 608--609. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 72. 1983. MESANTHEMUM AFRICANUM Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 17. 1976; Hock- ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 238, 241, & 609. 1980. MESANTHEMUM ALBIDUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 41: 470--471. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 205, 207, 208, 401, 404, & 609. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 72. 1983. MESANTHEMUM AURATUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 471--472. 1979; MESANTHEMUM BENNAE Jacques-Félix Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 18. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 472. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 207 & 609. 1980. MESANTHEMUM ERICI-ROSEBII T. Fries Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 33: 25. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 209, 220, 224, 236, & 609. 1980. MESANTHEMUM JAEGERII Jacques-Félix Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytelogia 41: 472. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 208, 213, & 609. 1980. MESANTHEMUM PRESCOTTIANUM (Bong.) KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 472. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 207--210 & 609. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 35. 1831 (W); Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 579. 1841 (W); Meikle & Baldwin, Am. Journ. Bot. 39: 47, fig. 9--18. 1952. (Ld). 142 POH. Ye TeORL OGRA Vol. 54, No. 2 MESANTHEMUM PUBESCENS (1am.) K8rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 292. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 609. 1980, Croat refers to this plant as "diffuse, flowers white" and encountered it in marshy areas, in flower in January. Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Croat 29999 (E--2599358). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 569. 1841 (W); Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 31, fig. 4 (5--7). 1955 (Ld). MESANTHEMUM RADICANS (Benth.) KUrn. Additional bibliography: Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 121, pl. 15. 1915; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 41: 473. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 200, 201, 205-—211, 213) 2Y5 == 2177/5) 2205) 2245) 227.5 229) 2545 2505 & 10095 L980) Recent collectors have found this plant growing in large clumps in damp loam soil of swamps and marshes and "in flat swampy areas of sandy lake deposits, the vegetation of grass fields with spots of dense forest with trees no more than 6 m. tall", at 4900 feet altitude, in flower in January and both in flower and fruit in October. They describe it as an herb, with bulbous roots, medium-green leaves, white flowers, and creamy- white anthers. Additional citations: LIBERIA: Linder 44 (E--2271452). IVORY COAST: Geerling & Bokdam 1962 (E--2422443). ZAMBIA: Richards 27348 (E--2094570). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Balslev 16 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. pl. 15. 1915 (1d). MESANTHEMUM REDUCTUM H. Hess Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 142. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 234 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: H. Hess, Bericht. Schweiz. Bot. Gesell. 65: 179, fig. 1--3. 1955 (1d). MESANTHEMUM ROSENI Pax Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 45--46. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 203, 423, & 609. 1980. MESANTHEMUM RUBRUM Mold. This taxon is now considered to be a synonym of mM. auratum H. Lecomte, which see, MESANTHEMUM RUTENBERGIANUM KUrne Additional citations: Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 247. 1911; Mold., Phytologia 37: 30. 1977; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 609. 1980. Croat refers to this plant as growing "in stalk-like clumps", the "flowers" white, and found it to be very localized in wet open areas in scrubby forests and along roadsides, growing to l m. tall, at 1365 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in Janu- ary. 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 143 Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Croat 29568 (E--2599360), 29908 (E--2599359). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mold, in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 36: 31, fig. 4 (1--4). 1955 (Ld). MOLDENKEANTHUS P,. Morat Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17 & 18. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 473 & 508 (1979) and 45: 40. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 4, 250, & 609. 1980. MOLDENKEANTHUS BOSSERI P,. Morat Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 17. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.3l: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, US eeos ope 25 1976, (id). MOLDENKEANTHUS ITREMENSIS P. Morat Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 473. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 250 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: 465, pl. 1. 1976 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS Mart. Additional synonymy: Papaelanthus Ruhl, ex Domin, Ann, Jard. Bot. Buitenz., 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 247 sphalm. 1911. Paepacantus Kunth ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 424 in syn. 1980. Peoplanthus Tillett ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 429 in syn. 1980. Paepacanthus Rosa & Santos ex Mold., Phytologia 50: 262 in syn. 1982. Poeplanthus Kirkbr. ex Mold., Phytologia 50: 263 in syn. 1982, Additional & emended bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 597. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 37 (1830) and ed. 2, 37. 118525G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brilt., ed. 3, 37. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 719. 1839; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: 312. 1843; Lindl., Veg. Kingd. , ed. 3, 122. 1853; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (2): 1150. 1874; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 454. 1888; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 623. 1904; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 483. 1906; Ruhl, in Wettstein, Denkschr,. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-nat. 79: 87. 1908; Domin, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 24 [ser. 2, 9]: 247 & 248, 1911; Lotsy, Vortr. Bot. Stammesges. 3 (1): 706 & 707, fig. 480 (5--8). 1911; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 15. 1914; Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 121. 1915; Arber, Bot. Gaz. 74: 84, 1922; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 179-182. 1927; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 565. 1931; Bedevian, Illust. Polyglot. Dict. 260. 1936; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 483. 1941; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 111 & 209. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 483. 1959; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 251, 385, 418, 656, 821, & 1074. 1966; Rou- leau, Guide Ind. Kew. 44, 66, 105, 138, & 270. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290-—-292, 388, & 389. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 168 & 360. 1974; Galvado & Cavalcante, Bol. Mus. 144 PAHGYS TAO) AOL yA Vol. 54, No. 2 Para. Goeldi, ser. 2 Bet. 1-40 Ind.: 15. 1975; Arekal & Ramaswamy, Proc. 63rd Ind. Cong. 3 (6): 85. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. 13: 172, 285, & 332. 1976; La- torre, Ortega, & Inca, Cienc. Naturaleza 18: 3°& 62. 1977; Anon., Rey. Bot. Gard. Kew Lib. Curr. Awaren. 8: 33 (1978) and 9: 23 & 33. 1978; Bodley, Lab. Anthrop. Wash. Univ. Rep. Invest. 55: 23. 1978; C. D. Cooke in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 281 & 282, fig. 3. 1978; Giulietti, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 6: [61]--65. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 16--18 (1978) and A.33: 89. 1979; Klein, Sellowia 31: 132. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 422, 467, 473--485, & 509 (1979), 42: 29--36, 44, 205, 207, 208, & 509 (1979), and 43: 196--197 & 508. 1979; Monteiro, Giulietti, Mazzoni, & Castro, Bol. Bot. Univ. S. Paulo 7: [43]--48, 52, & 57, fig. 45--69. 1979; @llgaard & Balslev, Rep. Bot. Inst. Univ. Aarhus 4: 40 & 97. 1979; Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog. Bras. 2: 141, 206, 208, 292, 293, 314, & 341, fig. 49. 1979; Angely, S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 666, 669--672, 674, 675, 678, & 679. 1980; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.35: 324. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 44: 215, 384, 470--476, & 509, pl. 1--4 (1980) and 45: 38, 40, 270, & 296. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl. Bahia 73--76. 1980; Mold., Phytol Memo 2:65, 74,76, 82,90; 92596, 1045109, TL0y el6—— Tash 122, 124--126, , 129, 134, 149--160, 172, 175, 178, 183, 207 ——209 Se 2LOn 220 peel 20g 2505) SOL) S275) SOS S09 ma oii 398, 400--404, 424--429, 432, 442, 443, 445, 462, 609--620, 627, & 628. 1980; F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 85 & 311. 1980; Cleef, Dissert. Bot. 61: 160/161. 1981; Cronq., Integ. Syst. Classif. 1118. 1981; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.36: 22 & 23. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 49: 293, 380--381, & 510. 1981; Cronq. in S, P. Parker, Synop. Classif. Liv. Organisms 1: 472. 1982; Hensold, Abst. Bot. Soc. Am. Syst. Sect. 1982: 96. 1982; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.39: 101. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 242, 245--248, 262-- 264, 270, 506, 509, & 510 (1982), 51: 244--245 & 501 (1982), and 52: 19 & 119. 1982; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 22. 1982; Tillett & Steyerm., Ernstia 9: 3. 1982; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clav. Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 213. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 52: 414 & 508 (1983), 53:264, 270, 328, 347, 348, & 367 (1983), and 54: 66--67 & 80. 1983. It may be noted here that Bodley (1978) writes the name of the Order in which this genus belongs "ERIOCAULES". Cronquist (1981) comments that "There is no obvious reason why the Erio- caulaceae might not have been derived directly from the Xyrida- ceae or from some similar common ancestor with 6 functional sta- mens." Latorre and his associates (1977) cite their nos. 5683--5685 as unidentified species of Paepalanthus. The Cuatrecasas & Idrobo 27053 and Zllgaard & Balslev 8460, distributed as Paepalanthus sp., actually are Eriocaulon micro- cephalum H.B.K., while Frenzel 738 is E, sellowianum Kunth, Frenzel 763 is Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl., Raynal-Roques 21497 is Syngonanthus caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl., Granville 2611 is S. gracilis var. glabriusculus Ruhl., Héringer & al. 4313 is S. helminthorrhizus var. glandulosus Mold., Rosa, Murca Pires, 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 145 & Rodrigues 894 is S. humboldtii var. glandulosus Gleason, Black & Klein 54-17351 is S. umbellatus (Lam.) Ruhl., Black 51-11027 is S. xeranthemoides (Bong.) Ruhl., and Custodio Filho 611 is a sedge, PAEPALANTHUS ACANTHOLIMON Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 18. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.31: 17. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ACANTHOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389 (1974) and A.31: 18, 1978; Mold., Phytologia 41: 474. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 149 & 609. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl, Bahia 73, 1980. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in an "area of dry grassland on quartzite and fine white talc soils and some sandstone rock exposures" and on campo rupestre, at 1000--1500 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in March and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 20000 (Ld, N); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12516 (Ld, W--2854272). PAEPALANTHUS ACCRESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 389. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 26: 187. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 96--98, pl. 62 & 63 [a]. 1928 (Ld, Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ACCRESCENS var. GLABRESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 144, 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 98. 1928 (W). PAEPALANTHUS ACTINOCEPHALOIDES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 18. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 135--136. 1928 (W) & pl. 84. 1928 (Ld; W). PAEPALANTHUS ACULEATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 28. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. _ Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 179. 1928 (Id). PAEPALANTHUS ACUMINATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 31. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. 146 POH. Y 1.0) 0uG, TA Vol. 54, No. 2 PAEPALANTHUS ACUMINATUS var. LONGIPILOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 145. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ACUTALIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 31. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 258--259. 1928 (W) & pl. 170 [bis]. 1928 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ACUTIPILUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 31. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609, 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 173--175. 1928 (W) & pl. 112. 1928 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS AEQUALIS (Vell.) J. F. Macbr. Additional bibliography: Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (2): 1150. 1874; Ruhl. in Wettstein, Denkschr. K, Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-nat. 79: 87. 1908; Mold., Phytologia 37: 31. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 1: 150 & 609. 1980. Ruhland (1908) cites an unnumbered Wacket collection from Sao Paulo, Brazil. The Brade 6584 and Widgren s.n. [1845], distributed as’and previously cited by me as P. aequalis, seem actually to be P, cachambuensis Alv. Silv. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mosén 4450 (N). PAEPALANTHUS AEREUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 187. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Monte 1: 161—162. 1928 (W) & pl. 102 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ALBESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 187. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 229--230. 1928 (W) & pl. 152. 1928 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ALBICEPS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 47. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150, 424, & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., FI]. Mcnt. 1: 172--173. 1928 (W) & pl. 111. 1928 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-TOMENTOSUS Herzog Additional synonymy: Syngonanthus albo-tomentosus Herzog ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 442 in syn. 1980. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 474. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150, 442, & 609. 1980. Recent collectors describe this plant as having pilose leaves 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 147 and cream-colored inflorescences, but Brito & Vinha assert that the "flowers" were actually "yellow". Collectors have found it growing on natural campos, in flower in September and both in flower and fruit in August. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Brito & Vinha 108 (Ld); Mori, Mattos Silva, & Santos 10484 (N); Santos, Mori, & Mattos Silva 3352 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-VAGINATUS Alv. Silv. Synonymy: Paepalanthus albovaginatus Alv, Silv, apud Worsdell, Ind. Lond, Suppl. 2: 182. 1941. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 474, 1979; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 150, 424, & 609. 1980. Recent collectors have found this plant growing on wet sandy campo, in flower in December. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paranda: Dombrowski & Neto 327 (Ld); Dusen 15586 (Mi, Ws); Hatschbach 32963 (Ba), 42657 (Ld); J8nsson 103la (Mi, Ws), 1096a (Mi, Ws). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Atwe Siives,) Fie Mont. (1s) pl. 155. 1928) (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-VILLOSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 32. 1977; Mold., Phytol, Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont, 1: 33--34. 1928 (W) & pl. 15 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS ALLEMANII C. Diogo Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 474, 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980; Mold. in Harley & Mayo, Toward Checklist Fl, Bahia 73. 1980. Recent collectors describe this species as a fleshy-stemmed, erect herb, to about 25 cm, tall, with "the peduncles about as long again", the leaves soft, rather bright-green, squarrose, and the inflorescence heads ashy-gray. They have found it growing in the water in a region of open scrub on white sand with damp areas and extensive sedge meadows (brejo) partly burned over, as well as in wet places on campo rupestre, at 950--1000 m, alti- tude, in both flower and fruit in February and July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Mayo, Storr , Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 18830 (Ld, N); Mori, King, Santos, & Hage 12347 (Ld, W--2854245), 12630 (Ld, W--2854276). PAEPALANTHUS ALMASENSIS Mold., Phytologia 45: 470--472, pl. 1. 1980. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 470--472, pl. 1. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609, 1980. Illustrations: Mold., Phytologia 45: 471, pl. 1. 1980. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: yarley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pinheiro in Harley 19768 (Ld--isotype, N--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS ALPINUS KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 475. 1979; 148 PHY eTOnhOnGa irvA Vol. 54, No. 2 Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 397, & 609. 1980. Killip describes this plant as cespitose, with smooth leaves, and encountered it on paramos, at 3300--3500 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in March. His collection, cited below, has previously been confused with P. andiccla KUrn. and P. planifolius var. alpestris K§rn. On the other hand, the Cuetre- casas, Lopez Figueiras, & Rodriguez 28990, distributed as P, al- pinus, actually is P, andicola var. villosus Mold, and Dwyer & Idrobo 8180 is P. columbiensis Ruhl. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Cleef 3041 (W-- 2850655); Killip 34148 (N, W--1770975). PAEPALANTHUS ALSINOIDES C,. Wright Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 32. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90, 92, 397, 398, 424, & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ALSINOIDES var. MINIMUS Jennings Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 32. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 90, 92, & 609. 1980. Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip 45388 (Mi). PAEPALANTHUS AMOENUS (Bong.) KUrn. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 388. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 37: 32. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150, 398, 425, & 609. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as 1.2 m. tall and have found it growing on periodically burned campo rupestre, in flower in March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Héringer 17689 (N); Mendonga V7 (Oxy PAEPALANTHUS AMOENUS var. CURRALENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 147. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS AMOENUS f£. PROLIFER Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 147. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 388. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ANDICOLA K8rne Additional bibliography: Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 179. 1927; Mold., Phytologia 35: 19, 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 116, 398, & 609. 1980. Recent collectors describe this species as an herb, growing in cushion-like tufts or clumps, the leaf rosettes to 20 cm. in di- ameter, with thick underground stems, the peduncles somewhat flattened, the florets white or gray, and the bracts brown with white margins, They have found it growing in wet soil, on roadside banks and grassy paramos, and rocky subparamo grass- land, at 1500--3750 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in March, May, July, August, October, and November, in flower also 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 149 in June and September. Luteyn refers to it as "common" in Boyacd, while Fosberg & Schultes found it "common on small gently sloping paramos with brushy ravines, Espeletia corymbosa and E, grandi- flora abundant? Knuth (1927) cites Funck & Schlim 811 and Jahn 19 from Trujillo, Venezuela, Most of the collections cited below were originally distribu- ted as and even, in many cases, previously cited by me as P, columbiensis Ruhl., a closely related taxon. Material has also been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Xyris sp. The Killip 34148, distributed as and previously cited by me as P. andicola, actually seems to be P. alpinus KUrn., while Bur- bidge 75/408 and Core 997 are P, andicola var. villosus Mold. and Fosberg 19174 is P. meridensis Klotzsch. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Boyacd: Luteyn, Le- brén-Luteyn, & Pabén E. 7685 (N). Cauca: Pennell 6910 (N, W-- 1143727). Cundinamarca: Cuatrecasas 9514 (N); Cuatrecasas & Jaramillo 11969 (N, W--1850838); Fosberg & Schultes 19217 (Ld, N, W--2108127); Killip 34047 (N, S, W--1770913); Kéie 5101 (Cp, W--2253548); R. E. Schultes 4058 (N, W--1995809). Norte de San- tander: Garcfa-Barriga & Jaramillo Mejia 19931 (W--2957934). Santander: Cuatrecasas & Garcfa-Barriga 9878 (N, W--1798456). Valle: Cuatrecasas 17841 (N, W--2916693). VENEZUELA: Merida: Bernardi 6066 (N); Castellano & Monasterio 120 (N). PAEPALANTHUS ANDICOLA var. VILLOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 19. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 109, 116, & 609. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as forming tufts, the basal rosettes to 20 cm. in diameter, the leaves light-green, the flower-heads white, and the florets "whitish-black" or gray. They have found it growing in wet soil, in rocky subparamo grassland, and in paramo vegetation with Espeletia and Puya, at 2000-—-3530 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in from December to June, in flower also in May and November. Luteyn and his as- sociates refer to it as "common", Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as P. alpinus KUrn, typical P, andicola KUrn, and P, columbiensis Ruhl. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Cauca: Core 997 (N). Cundinamarca: Burbidge 75/408 (N); Cuatrecasas, Idrobo, Jaramillo, & Mora 25624 (W--2342186); Garcia-Barriga 18034 (N); Luteyn, Dumont, & Lebrén-Luteyn 4720 (N). VENEZUELA: Mérida: Idpez Figueiras & Rodriguez C. 9074 (W--2932347). Trujillo: Cuatrecasas, Lopez Figueiras, & Rodriguez 28990 (W--2907715). PAEPALANTHUS APACARENSIS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 148. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 117 & 609. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 54: 66. 1983. PAEPALANTHUS APACARENSIS var. HUMILIS Mold., Phytologia 54: 66. 1983. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 54: 66. 1983. 150 POH SY ESOS ELaORG, Ta Vol. 54, Now 2 Collectors have found this plant growing on open sandy river- banks. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Steyermark, Huber, & Carreno E, 127990 (Ld), 128164 (Ld--type). PAEPALANTHUS APPLANATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 32. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ARBORESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 26: 187. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 205--206. 1928 (W) & pl. 135 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ARCHERI Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 26 & 33. 1977; Angely, S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 666. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ARENICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 475 (1979) and 42: 35. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Additional citations: ADDITIONAL ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Ell) Monit) sip) GOs 923 GLa) PAEPALANTHUS ARETIOIDES Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 41: 475. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 40838 (W--2850778). PAEPALANTHUS ARGENTEUS (Bong.) KUrn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 33: 30. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 49: 293. 1981; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.39: 101. 1982; Mold., Phy- tologia 52: 270. 1983. The Maguire, Maguire, & Murga Pires 44744, previously cited as typical P. argenteus, is actually the type collection of its var. viridis Mold. PAEPALANTHUS ARGENTEUS var. VIRIDIS Mold., Phytologia 49: 293. 1981. Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 20: 357 (1970) and 49: 293. 1981; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.39: 101. 1982. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Maguire, Maguire, & Mur¢ga Pires 44744 (Ld--type, N--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS ARGILLICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 33. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a frequent heliophile 1983 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 151 with white flower-heads, and have found it growing in open or shrubby restinga, in flower in April and May. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Araujo & Maciel 3029 [Herb. FEEMA 14860] (Ld), 4427 [Herb. FEEMA 19713] (N). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 108-- 110. 1928 (W) & pl. 67 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ARGILLICOLA var, PILOSUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 297. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 609. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ARGYROLINON K8rn. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 37: 33. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 610. 1980. PAEPALANTHUS ARGYROPUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 35: 30. 1976; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150, 424, & 610. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 7. 1928 (Ld, W). PAEPALANTHUS ARGYROPUS var. BREVIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 149. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 610. 1980. Citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 22. 1928 (W). PAEPALANTHUS ARGYROPUS var. PUBESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 149. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 610. 1980. Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 22. 1928 (W). PAEPALANTHUS ARISTATUS Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 25: 149--150. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 117 & 610, 1980. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a prostrate herb, rooting at the nodes, with white heads, "formando pequefios cojines", and have found it growing on white sand savannas and in open, rocky, sandstone areas bordering wet savannas, at 100-- 1300 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit in April, May, August, and December, Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as P, subtilis Miq. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Davidse, Huber, & Tillett 16947 (Ld); O. Huber 2462 (Ve), 2473 (Ld); Huber, Til- lett, & Davidse 3707 (Id). Bolfvar: Steyermark & Pruski 121066 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS ARMERIA Mart. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 29: 297. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 150 & 610. 1980. [to be continued] NOMENCLATURA PLANTARUM AMERICANARUM TI. GESNERIACEAE A. Lourteig 1. Gesnera amplo Digitalis folio tomentose Sous ce protologue, publié dans son Catalogue (Nova Plantarum Ame- ricanarum Genera p. 17. 1703), le Pére Charles PLUMIER a fait dans ses Manuscrits, une longue description accompagnée dune planche que BURMANN publie dans Plantarum Americanarum p. 126, tab. 134. 1757, avee une diag- nose et une courte description, Entre ces deux publications LINNE (Spec. Plant. ed. 1. 612(2) 1753 ) décrit Gesneria tomentosa citant SLOANE et PLUMIER. Dans Spec. Plant. ed. 2, LINNE elimine le protologue de SLOANE qu’il introduit dans la synonymie de Gesneria humilis L. En 1837 HOOKER décrit Rhytidophyllum auriculatum in Botan. Magaz.64: tab. 3562, basée sur une plante cultivée "de semences du Brésil", mais lui-m@me met un doute sur cette provénance, pensant que l’origine réelle doit tre "West Indies" (Antilles). A. P. de CANDOLLE, en 1839 dans le Prodromus, dans sa révision des Gesneriacées réalise que la plante de PLUMIER appartient au genre Rhyti- dophyllum et décrit Rhytidophyllum Plumerianum et cite le protologue de PLUMIER (1703), la publication de BURMANN, et un materiel de Santo Domin- go "v. s. acl. Bertero". En 1865 HANSTEIN décrit Rhytidophyllum leucomallon in Linnaea 34:312 basée sur une collection de Hispaniola (Santo Domingo) Miragoan, leg. Jae- ger 297; il cite Gesneria grandis Fischer ex Herb.Petropolis in synonymie. URBAN dans sa révision de la famille pour les Antilles, Symb. Antil. 2: 1901 et 8: 1921 en ce qui concerne les espéces qui nous intéressent: 1) conserve Rhytidophyllum leucomallon Handstein, 1.c.2: 383; 2) conserve Rhytidophyllum auriculatum Hooker, mais il 6tablie 3 variétés dans cette espéce: a) genuinum l.c. 2: 384; b) stipulare l.c. ; c) Plumerianum l.c. 385 basé sur Rh. Plumerianum DC, indiquant comme synonymes Gesneria tomentosa L. excl. synon. Sloane et Gesneria grandis Sprengel quant & la plante de Hispaniola; cite Plumier, Bertero 953 et Eggers 1749 b et 2001; et d) an- gustatum l.c. 385 basée sur un spécimen Picarda 541. Revenant aux Manuscrits du Pére PLUMIER, il a décrit longuement Ges-— nera amplo Digitalis folio tomentoso qu®il illustre par 1“habitus et les analyses florales. Dans son troisiéme paragraphe, il termine sa descrip- tion indiquant selon son habitude 1’@cologée et le nom du lieu de récolte. Mais, dans ce cas, apres ces informations il donne une bréve description d’une plante trés semblable, indiquant cependant leurs différences dans la pubescence (ce qui est fondamental) et 1’endroit ou il 1’a observée;: " Tota planta tomento candicante obtegitur, plurimaque reperitur in via qua a Petit Goive tenditur ad Leoganam iuxta saxosum locum qui vulgo Nomencl. Pl. Amer. I.Gramineae,Phytologia 53 (4).1983. 152 1983 Lourteig, Nomenclatura plantarum americanarum 153 dicitur Le Tapion du Petit Goive. Alia praeter hanc datur species huic prorsus similis, villosa equidem sed nullatenus tomentosa, hance ultimam reperi iuxta Portum Pacis insulae eiusdem Sandominicanae et per varia loca Insulae Tortuosae. Variis mensibus florentem utramque observavi". que 1’on peut traduire ainsi: Toute la plante recouverte d’un tomentum blanchatre, plusieurs trouvées dans le Chemin qui méne A Petit Goive prés de Leogana a coté de cet endroit rocheux que les gens appellent le Tapion du Petit Goive. Une autre, outre celle-ci, tr@és semblable, villeuse surement mais en aucune mani@re tomenteuse, j”ai trouvé cette dernié@re prés du Port de Paix dans 1”ile Sandominicana et dans divers endroits de 1’ile Tortuo-~ sa. J°ai observé les deux en fleur pendant plusieurs mois. Les caract@res morphologiques des especes de Rhytidophyllum sont en général semblables, mais c”“est au niveau de la dermologie de leurs feuilles (surfaces et trichomes) que nous devons trouver leurs diffé-— rences, Force est de reconnafitre que, dans les descriptions de ces ca— racteres, l’anarchie r@égne; il est tras difficile de pouvoir les inter- preter, A plus forte raison comparer des descriptions isolées du 19e. siécle faites dans trois pays. HOOKER a écrit: .... "very wrinkled and bullate above and downy deep green, beneath paler and more downy, beautifully reticulate"..... De CANBOLLE, sans aucun doute a fait sa description sur le spéci- men de Bertero car il donne une trés bonne description de la pubescen- ce, "..... supra pilis subclavellatis in medio areolarum subcongestis scabris, subtis petiolis pedunculisque hirsutis,"..... HANDSTEIN d@écrit la pubescence de sa plante: ".... niveo densissi- mo arachnoideo-contexto vestitum",..... Il est évident que PLUMIER a décrit une plante A pubescence blan- chétre densement tomenteuse qui est l’objet de son icéne, et, qui a ob— servé une autre qui n’a pas cette pubescence, De CANDOLLE a conservé 1”espéce de HOOKER malgré sa création de Rhy- tidophyllum Plumerianum tenant compte, probablement, de la différente relation longueur des inflorescences / longueur des feuilles, A cette 6- poque il n’existait qu’une collection pour chaque espéce, Actuellement nous en possedons davantage. D’aprés 1’examen des spécimens, je peux constater: 1°) la variation du rapport L infloresc./ L feuilles; 2°) la présence ou l’absence d’au- ricules & 1”’insertion des pétioles. Ex. Eggers 3946 Rh. stipulare Urban cité par lui